This is only a preview of the August 1991 issue of Silicon Chip. You can view 41 of the 96 pages in the full issue, including the advertisments. For full access, purchase the issue for $10.00 or subscribe for access to the latest issues. Articles in this series:
Articles in this series:
Articles in this series:
Articles in this series:
Articles in this series:
Articles in this series:
|
$1000 Satellite TV Ground Station
AUSTRALIA'S DYNAMIC
-···· ELECTRONIC~_MAGAZINE~
•
-
l"J
i::w
•
•
t'>I
r
~
'\.,
I
II. ,r:.,. •
SERVICING - VINTAGE RADIO - COMPUTERS - AMATEUR RADIO - PROJECTS TO BUILD
MASTHEAD
AMPLIFIER
FORTV&FM
Clean up those ·noisy TV signals with
this easy-to-build unit. It's perfect for
fringe area reception & for driving
multiple outlets.
Build This Digital
Tachometer For Your Car
,-..
....
"'
cc
0
Cl..
z
0
z
z
This digital tachometer features a
4-digit LED readout & works with 4,
6 & a-cylinder engines.
Q
!;;;:
(.)
:::i
cc
::,
c..
f-
~
<(
Low-Cost PC Voice Recorder
:::i
<(
a:
fCf)
:::,
<(
>-
"'
0
w
a:
w
f-
Cf)
(!)
w
a:
Explore the world of digitised speech with
our new PC Voice Recorder. It can record
messages up to 20-seconds long & store
them on hard or floppy disc.
IIJ
c o c c cc:,r:u:::, c:::,ccc::, c::,c:u:::,
g~~~~i:gJ~=-~~~~~'i:fi5 ggg ggsg
~~~~~cc~~~~~~ c g c g'gg~
80111 do tbe1e guys do it?
A 20MHz Cro Dual Trace 1Ditl,
2 x L110:1 probe1 for under 1500.00 ?
I 111i1b I bad oae of tbe1e /Ill
No111, baclt to that formula agaia,
E=c1m, or 111a5 it .....
Cl-118A 20MHz Dual Trace Cro
ONLY
JIIS.00
in •l:oc~I
1.2 montb1 111arranty
Noa1
; la()
===-= =~=-~~
=--=-== =----·;; ;;~~
~
SPECIFICATIONS:
Frequency range up to 20MHz.
Sensitivity: Sm V/DIV to J0V/ DIV.
Sweep rate: 0.05us/DIV to 50ms/DIV.
Dual Trace; YJ, Y2, YI Y2.
Dimensions: 212x133x336mm (with cover).
4" screen.
Includes 2 x 1:1 10:1 probes.
=::
~
~
-~ =
- =
~ =~~=
~~
~~ut)
4 ZONE •KEYPAD• CONTROLLED ALARM SYSTEM
~ii1
"The Conf.rol Panel has 4 sect.ors for N.O. and N.C. inputs, a 5 amp relay output, horn speukur output
and moru. 11. is all controlled via a remote keypad, (four wire hook-up). That means yon can hide
away the 11111iu conl.rol panel, onl. of veiw, and operate all yonr functions via the kuypud. All yon
have to do iu to remember your PIN number. A very versit.ial, hul. simple l.o nsu alarm sysl.ern."
12 months w11r1·11nty
A-3000 REMOTE CONTROL UNIT
You can control just about anything with this Remote Control
Transmitter/ Receiver. Eg. TV's, Stereo 's, A/arm's etc.
*
•
N . 0 . /N . C . rel a y o ulput up t o S empe .
Re .-::: aiver o per a tin g v o lte.oe : 12V DC .
.,.,. C o mplete with tw o r e m o t e keya.
O pe.-e.ting dial e n n e : 10 m e te r' s.
*
IIIIBB
$109. 95
now- $89.95
RC-100 Universal Remote Control Unit
The TELE-ART RC100 Universal Remote Control Unit
can replace the infra-red remote controls of up to five
audio/ video components by simply learning and then
mimicking their remote control command codes. This
eliminates the confusion of which remote control to use
and does away with the clutter of too many remote
controls.
NOIN"
Only
$62.00
Fa5~, Efficien~, Reliable Service.
[}f]lf'-<ff> ll<at>
CHASSIS PUNCH SET
* Size: 16, 18, 20, 25, 30mm
* Reamer : 3 to 12mm
PROSER/ES
Now$49.95
save $22.00
QUALITY 20W IRON
features: ~if Air Cooled Grip
~if Long Life Tips
MULTIBAND RECEIVER 4,.....Interchangeable Tips are Available
* AM ... 531-1605 KHz.
* HF ... 2-6 MHz.
* SW/CB ... 15-30 MHz.
* FM ... 88-100 MHz.
$25.95
* TV A/VHF ... 55-100 MHZ.
* TV 8/VHF ... 175-218 MHZ.
* Air /Marine .. 108-175 MHz. NEW SAFETY STAND
* Radio direction finder.
Heavy Iron
* and more !!!
Base Stand.
..
41 pcs. T -Bar Driver
. c ~·- -....
.,-,1,·1'11.';,,~_;,,:.;,,,;.,~~*~'""'\\":~--.-
and Bit Set
Contains:
* 1pc. T-Bar driver hand le.
CODE: PH20
* 3pcs. Phillips Bits (•1."2.•3).
* 4pcs. Slotted Bits (3-4,6-8,8 -10,10-12).
* 4pcs. Allen Bits (3 / 32,1/8 ,5/32,3 / 16).
* 2pcs. Square Bits (R1,R2) .
* 6pcs. Torx Bits (T-10,15,20,25,30,40).
* 9pcs. Me tric Skts. (5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13mm).
* 9pcs. SAE Skts. (3 / 16,7 / 32,1/ 4 ,9 / 32,5 / 16,
PRICE:
11/32,3/8, 7 /16, 1/2").
• ·
* lpc. 1/4" socket adaptor.
* lpc. bit adaptor.
* 1pc. 90 deg. adaptor.
only$19.95
Removable
Sponge Tray
for easy Tip
Wiping.
NYLON CALIPER
* 150mm
PRICE:
W'BS $"149.95
The "Butane Pencil Torch" will melt solder, silver solder,
sm_all brazing rod, glass tubing, and many other materials.
. jjiJJJill i\t(tt,.
--
CODE: ST11
only$4.95
Now$99.00
only $9.95
~
$10.95
SCOPE
.
4 Way VGA/PS2 Data Switch Box
* VGA
*
(DB-915) sockets .
PS·2 8 pin MINI din sockets.
only $89.95
\~~ ~.-... ~~ "'-"' ~'•;.·_
1
t •:j .· .•· ,•·:•·I
ATTENTION VIDEO CAMERA BUFFS II ATTENTION VIDEO CAMERA BUFFS II
AVM-3 MULTI-CHANNEL VIDEO /AUDIO MIXER
*
*
*
*
*
*
Multi-function mixer designed for use by the
professi onal or amateur video camera operator.
Ideal for adding ond mixing background music or
voice overs to existing video tape recordings.
Suits all current avalloble video formats. ,
VHS, Beto, Video 8, Super VHS, VHS-C, etc.
Inputs ovolloble for CD Players, Camcorders,
VCR's, Cossette Players, Tuners ond Microphones.
Easy to use controls ond layout makes this unit
Ideal for both domestic and commerclol use.
Monitor function, Stereo/Mono selectable,
Left ond Right VU meters, Phono Inputs,
Battery test, Operates from o single 9 volt
botteq,1 or 9 volt DC supply (not Included)
41256
$169.00
10 volt AC
* 1.2 volt<at> 500mAH
* 100ns
* 256K X 1
$3.15 10up
only
Mouse House
(LM 33256)
only $3.50ea.
NEW PRODUCT
FOR '91
only $4.95
using 9 volt AC
supply.
only $2.95ea.
David Reid
Electronics
Plug Pack
* 1.5 amp
* Suit equipment
only$19.95
Computer
Cooling Fan
* 120mm
* 80
CFM
* 0.12 amp
only $16.95
VGA Adaptors
* VGA (DB-915) M
to DB-9 F
* VGA (DB-915) F
to DB-9 M
only $10.95ea.
Post and Podclng
PH: 02) 267 1385 · 1s -12s ........ $4.oo
127 York St. SYDNEY 2000
P.O. 801 Q103, SYDNEY 2000 FAX: (02) 261 8905 :tciol~-:~_i_9.·_:·::·:.~:~~~
SAME DAY MAILORDER DESPATCH
(
126 - ISO ...... 16.00
CC 1~~~ EJ .! ~
August 1991
FEATURES
THIS DIGITAL TACHOMETER
features a 4-digit LED readout &
works with all car ignition
systems & with 4, 6 & 8-cylinder
engines. Details page 16.
4 Tuning In To Satellite TV, Pt.3 by Garry Cratt
A satellite ground station for less than $1000
14 A Step-By-Step Approach To Vintage Radio Repairs
Restoring a "dead" receiver
74 The Story Of Electrical Energy, Pt.12 by Bryan Maher
The Snowy Mountains Hydroelectric Scheme
PROJECTS TO BUILD
16 Build A Digital Tachometer by Darren Yates
Has 4-digit LED readout & works with all car ignition systems
24 Masthead Amplifier For TV & FM by John Clarke & Greg Swain
Add this booster unit to your mast & clean up your TV reception
38 PC Voice Recorder by Darren Yates
Use your PC to store & replay messages up to 20 seconds long
66 Error Analyser For CD Players, Pt.2 by Stephen McBride
Second article describes the circuit details
SPECIAL COLUMNS
33 Remote Control by Bob Young
Large servo amplifiers for model yachts
HAVING TROUBLE with your TV
or FM reception. If so, add this
booster unit to your antenna mast
& clean up those noisy pictures.
It uses a commercial power
supply to make construction
really easy. See page 24.
55 Computer Bits by Jennifer Bonnitcha
Installing Windows on your PC
60 Serviceman's Log by the TV Serviceman
The case of the blowing fuses
82 Vintage Radio by John Hill
Getting out of trouble again
88 Amateur Radio by Garry Cratt
Ferrites - how they work & why they are used
DEPARTMENTS
3 Publisher's Letter
13 Bookshelf
36 Circuit Notebook
53 Product Showcase
81 Subscription Page
2
SILICON CHIP
86 Back Issues
92 Ask Silicon Chip
95 Market Centre
96 Advertising Index
EXPLORE THE WORLD of
digitized speech with our new
low-cost PC voice recorder. It can
record messages up to 20 seconds
Jong, store them on hard or
floppy disc, & then replay them
when requested - see page 38.
Publisher & Editor-in-Chief
PUBLISHER'S LETTER
Leo Simpson, B.Bus.
Editor
Greg Swain, B.Sc.(Hons.)
Technical Staff
John Clarke, B.E.(Elec.)
Robert Flynn
Darren Yates
Reader Services
Ann Jenkinson
Advertising Enquiries
Leo Simpson or Greg Swain
Phone (02) 979 5644
Regular Contributors
Expanding career opportunities in electronics
Are you contemplating a career in electronics? Perhaps you are in your
final years of high school and are wondering whether there are many
opportunities for people skilled in electronics. As you research this field,
you will find much conflicting information and often the government
bodies responsible for providing careers information do not know just how
diverse the field is.
Part of the difficulty is that many career paths involving electronics skills
are not clearly defined. For example, consider the building industry, a field
which most people would not regard as being electronics based. But every
large building involves a big investment in electronic equipment, most of
which is manufactured in this country. There is equipment for air-conditioning and ventilation, building security, fire and evacuation, electricity
demand control and emergency stand-by power.
All this equipment is usually built and installed by separate companies
but needs to be linked together for correct operation. For example, the airconditioning and ventilation equipment will be linked to the fire and
evacuation equipment so that in the case of fire, all the stairwells and office
areas are maintained at the correct pressures so that the fire does not spread
but people can safely escape. The air-conditioning will also be linked to the
electricity demand monitoring equipment so that parts of it can be shed at
peak load times, thereby keeping electricity tariffs to a minimum. Naturally,
all this equipment is computer controlled and can be monitored remotely
for correct performance.
When you consider the number of high-rise buildings throughout Australia, the total investment in such equipment must be truly enormous.
Consider that all this equipment will require considerable maintenance in
the future and that older buildings will need to be continually upgraded to
make them more energy efficient.
The building industry is just one field where there are considerable
opportunities for people skilled in electronics. You don't have to look far to
find many more. A few more examples: automobile service , office equipment and medical electronics.
So while electronics manufacture in this country may have contracted in
the last few years (and I am doubtful whether this is really true), the
opportunities for people with electronics skills are continuing to grow at an
ever increasing rate.
Leo Simpson
Brendan Akhurst
Jennifer Bonnitcha, B.A.
Garry Cratt, VK2YBX
John Hill
Jim Lawler, MTETIA
Bryan Maher, M.E ., B.Sc.
Jim Yalden , VK2YGY
Bob Young
Photography
Stuart Bryce
Editorial Advisory Panel
Philip Watson, MIREE, VK2ZPW
Norman Marks
Steve Payor, B.Sc., B.E.
SILICON CHIP is published 12 times
a year by Silicon Chip Publications
Pty Ltd. All material copyright ©. No
part of this publication may be reproduced without prior written consent of the publisher.
Printing: Magazine Printers Pty Ltd,
Alexandria, NSW; Macquarie Print,
Dubbo, NSW.
Distribution: Network Distribution
Company.
Subscription rates : $42 per year
in Australia. For overseas rates, refer to the subscription page in this
issue.
Liability: Devices or circuits described in SILICON CHIP may be
covered by patents. SILICON CHIP
disclaims any liability for the infringement of such patents by the manufacturing or selling of any such
equipment.
Editorial & advertising offices:
Unit 1a/77-79 Bassett Street, Mona
Vale, NSW 2103. Postal address :
PO Box 139, Collaroy Beach, NSW
2097. Phone (02) 979 5644. Fax
(02) 979 6503.
ISSN 1030-2662
A UGUST 1991
3
The $1000 satellite TV
ground station is based on
a 1.8-metre pressed steel
dish as shown in the
foreground of this photo.
Unlike other dishes which
use a steel mounting pole
cemented into the ground,
this unit uses a simple but
effective "stand". The
author's older 1.8-metre
segmented dish is in the
background.
Tuning in to
satellite T\T, Pt.3
This Ku-band ground station can receive
TV pictures from Aussatfor less than
$1000. In this article, we take a look at the
equipment and describe how it's set up to
tune into Aussat 1.
By GARRY CRATT
Satellite enthusiasts will no doubt
be impressed with the price tag of this
satellite ground station. Imported by
Av-Comm Pty Ltd, the system comprises a 1.8-metre pressed steel dish ,
a magnetic polariser and feedhorn, a
low noise block converter (LNB), a
99-channel remote controlled receiver,
and the cable to connect the components at the dish "head" to the receiver.
4
SILICON CHIP
Installing the system is no more
difficult than plugging in the components of a typical hifi system. The
assembly of the dish is uncomplicated
and the complete receiving station
can be assembled in about 30 minutes, despite the fact that the only
instructions are two dish assembly
diagrams printed on the outside of
the shipping carton.
The dish comes packed in a single
heavy duty carton and weighs about
50kg. Unlike other dishes which use a
steel mounting pole cemented into
the ground or bolted to the top of a
building, this unit uses a simple but
effective "stand". This allows the dish
to be used on balconies or in courtyards, where the installation of a 2metre length of 100mm steel pipe
would be impractical.
It's also means that you don't have
to worry about cementing a steel pipe
into the ground.
Siting the dish
The siting of the dish is most important. Under no circumstances must
the "view" that the dish has towards
the satellite be obstructed by nearby
buildings or trees. Any obstruction
will prevent reception.
Naturally, the dish must be adjusted
for correct elevation and azimuth and
this is all part of the installation procedure. For example, the Aussat 1
pointing co-ordinates provided by the
supplier for our location were: elevation 50.07°, azimuth 8.89°.
The elevation is easily set using a
timber batten, a plastic protractor and
a plumb bob (eg, a nut or bolt tied to a
piece of cotton). By affixing the cotton
to the centre of the protractor (either
using glue or by drilling a small hole
and then tying the cotton at that point)
and holding the protractor against the
batten, the angle formed with reference to the horizontal will be equal to
the angle of elevation. Fig.1 shows
the details.
The azimuth can be set using a magnetic compass and this procedure will
be described later in this article. Of
course, the compass and protractor
method are only used to determine
the initial pointing directions. We'll
describe how to precisely adjust the
dish for best reception later on.
You should also consider the expected reaction from neighbours when
this 1.8-metre dish appears in your
backyard. Even though the dish is
powder coated a pleasant neutral grey
colour, try to site the dish to minimise
the impact on your neighbours. Where
possible, the dish should be mounted
so that it is out of sight (eg, behind a
fence, a screen or bushes), whilst still
maintaining a clear view of the satellite for good reception.
The mounting stand
Before installing the dish, you need
to have a level mounting surface to
accept the stand. This can easily be
Fig.2: the elevation of the dish is
adjusted by sliding a square section of
steel tubing hinged to the apex of the
dish inside another square section
affixed to the base of the stand. This
heavy duty thumbscrew then clamps
the two sections together.
Fig.3: after the dish is removed from
the carton, you have to remove two
steel locking tubes like the one shown
here, so that the dish can pivot on the
hinges at the front of the stand.
·
checked by using a spirit level and
then packing the site with bricks or
timber blocks to ensure a level mounting surface. Due to the unorthodox,
but highly adaptable mounting system used, some explanation regarding assembly is appropriate.
In this design, the elevation of the
dish is adjusted by sliding a square
section of steel tubing hinged to the
apex of the dish inside another square
section of tubing affixed to the base of
the stand. When the dish is elevated
to the correct angle, a heavy duty
thumbscrew clamps both sections together - see Fig.2
After removal of the dish from the
shipping carton, two steel tubes, used
to lock the frame to the dish for protection, must be removed and discarded. Fig.3 shows the location of
one of these steel tubes. Once this is
done, the dish is free to pivot on the
two hinges at the front of the stand.
Next, an "L" shaped section of steel
tubing, which is supplied taped together with the three feedhorn support arms to the mounting stand, must
be released and fitted between the
apex of the dish and the base of the
mounting frame. Note: this L-shaped
section contains the elevation adjustment thumbscrew - see Figs.4(a) and
4(b).
The dish can now be tilted to a
suitable angle (say 45°) and locked
into position, allowing easy access to
the mounting points for the three
feedhorn support arms. These arms
must be attached under three of the
-TIMBER
BATTEN
Fig, 1: the angle of elevation can be set
by using a protractor to measure the
angle formed between a plumb bob &
a wooden batten fixed across the face
of the dish.
Fig.4(a): this view shows the fully assembled 1.8-metre dish. Note the L-shaped
section at the rear. This contains the elevation adjustment thumbscrew.
AUGUST 1991
5
Fig.4(b): the L-shaped section is attached to the base of the stand via a hinged
joint. This allows the L-shaped section to move as the dish is tilted to achieve
the correct elevation.
be fitted together, to form one assembly. The feedhorn and polariser are
supplied together in a single box, together with the necessary screws, so
these two items should be assembled
first. The LNB, which is supplied with
a rubber gasket, is then secured by
four stainless steel screws to the
feedhorn/polariser assembly.
Because the aperture at the mouth
of the LNB is rectangular, it is easy to
align this correctly with the corresponding aperture of the polariser
body. Fig.6 shows the complete LNB/
polariser/feedhorn assembly while
Fig.7 shows the assembly after it has
been clamped in position.
At this stage, some consideration
should be given to the routing of the
cable from the LNB to the receiver.
Among other things, this cable includes a low-loss double-shielded 75ohm coaxial section which is used to
carry a DC supply voltage from the
receiver to the LNB and to carry the
converted block of frequencies (from
12.25-12.75GHz) to the receiver. In
addition, the cable has three separately insulated conductors: polarity,
ground and signal strength (normally
used for remote dish adjustment).
The cable should be routed so tha·t
it can not be tripped over, run over by
the lawn mower, or subjected to other
stress. If buried underground, the cable should be run through plastic conduit. This offers good protection and
in the event of a malfunction, allows
the faulty cable to be pulled through
and replaced. The cable is terminated
with "F" connectors and is small
enough to be run through floorboards
quite discreetly!
The receiver
Fig.5: the three support arms for the feedhorn are bolted to three of six bolts
around the circumference of the dish. Mount the arms at intervals of 120°, then
attach the feedhorn mounting plate to the arms at the centre of the dish.
six bolts around the circumference of
the dish and spaced 120° apart. This
is easily done by undoing each of the
three bolts and passing the h ead of
each bolt through the corresponding
hole on each support arm. Fig.5 shows
the detai ls.
After affixing all three arms, which
may droop slightly at this stage of
partial assembly, the feedhorn mounting plate must be attached to the three
arms. This plate is a galvanised piece
of steel with three recessed locating
6
SILICO N CHIP
tabs at 120° intervals, each having the
same shape as the ends of the support
arms. The arms are now secured using the galvanised bolts and nuts supplied. In addition, there is a galvanised clamp which holds the throat of
the feedhorn in position, as shown in
Fig.7.
Feedhorn assembly
Prior to mounting the feedhorn in
this clamp, the LNB (low noise block),
feedhorn and magnetic polariser must
At the other end of the cable,
mounted indoors, is the receiver. It
supplies the DC voltage (18V) to the
LNB and decodes the IF block converted by the LNB. In addition to IF
tuning, the receiver also features variable IF and audio bandwidth , adjustable audio subcarrier tuning, adjustable polarity for the LNB, and a programmable digital readout.
The receiver is supplied pre-tuned
to all 15 A us sat transponders, to make
initial operations easier. It's difficult
enough to adjust both dish elevation
and azimuth at once, without having
to also tune the receiver for an active
transponder. Once the dish is aligned
and the system optimised, the receiver
Fig.6: this close-up view shows the complete LNB/
polariser/feedhorn assembly, prior to installation on the
mounting plate. The two leads shown emerging from the
polariser are run to the receiver via the coaxial cable.
tuning can be trimmed up. As all the
receiver information is stored in an
EEPROM, the units can be shipped
around the country pre-programmed,
without fear that a memory back up
battery will go flat in transit.
The receiver features video and audio outputs, and a modulated RF output (channel 3/4).
Hence there are a number of methods of connecting the unit to a televi-
Fig. 7: the feedhorn is held in place at the centre of the dish
by a galvanised clamp attached to the feedhorn mounting
plate. Adjust the feedhorn position & orientation for
optimum signal as described in the setting up procedure.
sion set. The modulator output can be
fed directly to the TV set and this is
satisfactory if the set is being used
solely for satellite TV use . If it is also
used to watch terrestrial television, a
switch should be installed in the antenna input lead. These items are commonly sold as "TV game switches"
for less than $10 in most electronics
stores.
Alternatively, the audio and corn-
posite video outputs could be fed to a
VCR, and thence to the television receiver, or to a video monitor and separate audio amplifier. Of course, the
audio can be connected to the AUX
input of any hifi system, although the
inputs to the amplifier must be tied
together so that both audio channels
are driven.
Tandy stores carry a suitable adaptor, which splits a single RCA female
to twin RCA male connectors. The
ultimate distribution method is to
purchase a "video sender", which is a
small, low-powered TV transmitter
operating on a UHF TV channel. These
units have a range of around 15 metres or so and enable satellite TV signals to be viewed on any suitable
UHF-equipped TV set in the house.
These units are also available from
Tandy for around $100.
Final adjustments
Fig.8: the low noise block (LNB) is connected to the receiver via low-loss 75Q
coaxial cable. Route the cable so that it is well out of the way or, better still,
bury it in plastic conduit.
Once the dish has been positioned
as closely as possible 'to the specified
azimuth and elevation settings, the
cable should be connected to the receiver. For initial dish set up, nothing
beats having the receiver and the TV
set at the dish. This can normally be
achieved by using a long 240 volt
extension cord to power the equipment at the dish site. Remote indicators such as receiver audio and signal
strength metering are impractical at
such an early stage of the installation.
We initially set the receiver to transAUG UST 1991
7
Fig.10: the receiver supplies the DC voltage (18V) to the LNB and decodes the IF
block converted by the LNB. In addition to IF tuning, the receiver also features
variable IF and audio bandwidth, adjustable audio subcarrier tuning, adjustable
polarity for the LNB, and a programmable digital readout. The receiver is
supplied pre-tuned to all 15 Aussat transponders & features video & audio
outputs, plus a modulated RF output.
ponder 7 which is a strong B-MAC
signal. A good indication that the system is working is to connect the LNB
to the receiver and watch the impulse
noise increase. Once this is verified,
the dish can be aligned. Because the
elevation has been set as described
previously and because the receiver
is pretuned to a known active trans-
ponder, the azimuth of the dish can
now be set.
To do this using a magnetic compass involves taking the magnetic variation at the location of the Earth sta. tion into account. In our case, the
azimuth for Aussat 1 was given as
8.89° but to compensate for the magnetic variation for Sydney, we had to
Fig.11: view inside the receiver. When a watchable picture has been obtained,
trimpot RV6 (at the end of the pen) is adjusted so that the S-meter reads halfscale as described in the text. After that, the feedhorn polarity & focal length are
carefully adjusted for maximum reading on a digital voltmeter connected
between the receiver's S-meter terminal (on the rear panel) & ground.
8
SILICON CHIP
subtract 11.5° (ie, the compass bearing was 357.39°).
All this sounds very complicated.
In reality, all we had to do was take a
rough reading in the general direction
of the satellite and then gently rotate
the dish until a picture was received.
However, knowing the approximate
compass reading certainly helps.
When some kind of picture is visible,
a series of "fine tuning" adjustments
must be made.
Feedhorn adjustment
Apart from the elevation and azimuth which can both be adjusted for
best reception, the position of the
feedhorn must also be adjusted so
that the focal length and polarity are
correct. This can be done by backing
off the pressure on the feedhorn
mounting clamp so that the entire
assembly can be rotated, and also so
that the distance from the dish surface to the mouth of the feedhorn can
be adjusted.
Once the picture and sound are
watchable, further adjustments must
be more scientifically monitored. To
do this, we connected a digital voltmeter between ground and the "Sm et er" terminal at the back of the
receiver. The cover is then removed
from the receiver and meter drive
potentiometer RV6 adjusted so that
the receiver S-meter reads half scale
and so that a reading of about 70mVis
obtained on the DMM. Fig.11 shows
the layout of the receiver circuit board.
The feedhorn polarity and focal
length are now adjusted for a maximum reading on the DMM. Often,
this exercise must be repeated several
times for optimum performance.
A2
A3
156°E
164'E
SATELLITE
ENillUSIASTS!
•
•
Fig.12: the dish can easily be moved to view each of the three Aussats
by cementing three sets of galvanised bolts into the ground. Aussat 1 is
at 160°E longitude, Aussat 2 at 156E & Aussat 3 at 164E 0 •
0
1.5M Dishes complete $445
High performance Ku Band
Hemt LNC's 2 yrs warranty .. $370
• Complete B-Mac Systems ..
$2895.00
• Complete C Band Systems
• Dishes Small through to Large
• Pal Receivers ... $595.00
• Complete range of cables, connectors and accessories
Call now for FREE Catalog, Information Bulletin and SPECIALS ..
(02) 489 5474f
Note that these latter adjustments
may not result in any visible improvement to the received picture. This is
because the satellite uses FM and once
the receiver is in limiting, no noticeable improvement can be made to the
received signal. However, by making
these fine adjustments to squeeze the
maximum performance from the dish,
we are building up a performance
margin which will compensate for rain
attenuation, or a reduction in satellite
transmit power.
Securing the dish
Once the maximum performance
level has been achieved, the dish can
be secured using the galvanised "U"
brackets provided. However, if more
than one satellite is to be received,
the dish cannot be locked down permanently. On our system, we used
heavy duty steel tent pegs obtained
from the local disposals store to anchor the dish. Of course, a more permanent method would be to cement
Fig.13: if space is a problem, the
mounting locations for the dish can be
overlapped. Don't forget to subtract
the local magnetic variation when
taking compass bearings.
galvanised bolts into the ground in
the appropriate locations, so that the
dish could be moved from one set of
mounting bolts to another for different satellites. Fig.12 shows how this
can be achieved.
Once successful reception has been
achieved, most enthusiasts will want
to explore the potential of their satellite receiving system. Besides television services, Aussat also carries a
number of SCPC (single channel per
carrier) radio programs. These can be
found by connecting a scanner, capable of reception in the 950MHz to
1450MHz band. Experience has
shown that most of these radio channels are horizontally polarised and
are located around the 1200MHz area,
using wideband FM as the mode of
transmission.
It would be improper to list such
frequencies here but any scanner fitted with a search function and capable of covering the appropriate frequency range will uncover these transmissions. To couple the LNB feed to
the antenna input of a scanner, a
splitter without DC feed capacity must
be used. If the correct splitter is not
used, the DC supply voltage from the
receiver to the LNB will damage the
scanner. Suitable splitters are available from most satellite hardware suppliers.
Finally, a note of caution. While
there is no harm in viewing unencoded programming from Aussat to technically improve reception equipment,
or out of interest in international affairs, or because of curiosity as to how
TV networks operate, enthusiasts
Videosat Pty. Ltd.
[
83Alexandria Pde.
Wabroonga NSW 2076
Fax (02) 489 3557
_ \
~ VJOEQS~T_. J
...
1
._
Mr/Mrs/Ms .......................... ............ .
Address .......... ................... ............... .
Telephone .................................... sq"191
* For all your Satellite Needs - Nationwide
*
should be reminded that program
material is protected by copyright laws
and that some program material may
be proprietary.
Also, the transmissions described
in this and previous articles are not
designed to be received by parties
other than those who have paid the
appropriate fee to do so, such as the
transponder lessee, etc. This means
that enthusiasts are in a privileged
position to be able to receive such
transmissions without cost. Any use
of material broadcast through Aussat
for commercial gain would therefore
be absolutely illegal.
SC
Equipment Availability
Footnote: the satellite receiving
system described in this article
is available from AV-Comm Pty
Ltd, phone (02) 949 7 417 (see
adverhsement this issue). Similar satellite TV equipment is also
available from .Videosat Pty Ltd,
83 Alexandria Pde , Wahroonga
2076. Phone (02) 489 5474.
AUGUST 1991
9
;~>~_
y_i
·, .··.
!.
◊«:i,_,,,,
t·rneters is
onge of ,Aul • them!
our rCCI n swear bY
YOLI
With around 25 different multimeters to
choose from, and starting from as low
as $19.95 .. .it's easy to see why so many
hobbyists, handymen, trades people
and technicians choose to shop at
Dick Smith Electronics.
It's simply a matter of being able to find the
right multimeter, with the right features, at
the right price!
Not only do we carry an extensive range of
Analogue and Digital multimeters with
0 od----g
so dClrt'll1
features designed to cover a myriad of
tasks, and they're all very competitively
priced. But you'll also find our range of
High Quality Digitor multi meters which are .
built to perform in the most rigorous and
excessive environments. In fact, we're so
confident of the quality of our Digitor
range, that we back them with 12
months warranty.
Add to this, our range of professional
quality Fluke multimeters ... and you won't .
find a reason to shop anywhere else! When
you're looking for the right multimeter... you
should come to the right place ....
Dick Smith Electronics!
SLIP IN A DISK DRIVE
AND YOU'LL SAVE ON STORAGE SPACEI
SAVE ON HARD DRIVES!
BARGAIN FLOPPY DISK DRIVES
1.2Mb 5.25" Floppy Disk Drive
$40 Saving!
A great low price for a high capacity 5.25" 1.2Mb Disk Drive
suitable for use with any standard XT I AT /SX IBM compatible
computer. Designed for internal connection but it can also be used
externally with optional case (X-2231 ).
2200
Cat X-
Value Plus!
3.5" Disk Drives
s1 29
Up date your system with these 720K and 1.44Mb 3.5" disk drives.
You not only get more storage space on your disks, but storing
and handling your disks is much easier and takes up less desk
space (and fewer disks). They come complete with 5 1/4"
mounting kit, hardware, manuals, power adaptor and 34 pin
adaptors, bezels ... the lot! There are two versions to choose from.
1.44Mb Version.
720K Version
Needs DOS 3.2 or higher.
Cat X-2220
$1 99
Needs DOS 3.3 or higher.
Cat X-2221
$219
WE MAKE IT MUCH EASIER
You won 't find a better selection of quality computers and accessories,
al l at very compeHtive prices, anywhere. What's more, no-one else has
anything that can compare to our Quality Control, Service and, of
course, our Computer Hotline .... it's as close as the phone to help you
with any of our computers, accessories and software for as long as
you're out there using them.
Computer Support Hotline ... (02) 888.2002
Solving Your Computer Problems!
Some stock lines may not be available
at all stores.
40Mb Hard Drive
$100 Off
The Seagate 251-1 40Mb Hard Drive is the ideal hard drive for
business or high-end home users. With a seek time of just 28ms .. .
it delivers the speed necessary for efficient file handling and
access. Suitable for XT or AT systems. Uses a standard ST412
interface.
Cat X-2206
Now Only
s599
Save $70
20Mb Hard Drive
The Seagate ST225 20Mb hard drive can be fitted quickly and
easily into any standard XT I AT IBM compatible providing ample
storage capacity for most home and small business users. It has a
seek time of 65ms and uses a standard ST412 interface.
~~~
Was$469 Now
20Mb With Controller
s399
Extra Low Price!
Just what the doctor ordered for anyone with an XT system, with
either single or twin floppy drives, who needs the added speed,
storage capacity and convenience of a hard drive. This Seagate
ST225 20Mb hard drive with controller is easy to fit and provides
ample storage capacity for most users. What's more, the controller
will run two hard drives .... so you can fit an additional hard drive
whenever you like. It has a seek time of 65ms and uses a standard
ST412 interface.
Cat X-2204
JUSf
s449
HURRY STOCKS ARE LIMITED!
DS XPRESS PHONE & MAILORDER SERVICE
Outside Sydney (FREE Call) 008 22 6610 Sydney And Enquiries - 888 2105
FAX: (02) 805 1986 or write to DS XPRESS, PO BOX 321 N/RYDE NSW 2113
All Major Credit Cards Accepted. 0/Nite Courier Available.
24 HOUR DESPATCH OF ALL ORDERS
PHONES
SECURITY
AUDIO
COMPUTERS
NSW • Albury 21 8399 • Bankstown Square 707 4888 • Blacktown 671 7722 • Brookvale 905 0441 • Bondi 3871444
• Campbelltown 27 2199 • Chatswood Chase 4111955 • Chullora 642 8922 • Gore Hill 439 5311 • Goslord 25 0235
• Hornsby 477 6633 • Hurstville 580 8622 • Kotara 56 2092 • Liverpool 600 9888 • Maitland 33 7888 • Miranda
525 2722 • Newcastle 611896 • North Ryde 878 3855 • Parramatta 689 2188 • Penrith 32 3400 • Railway Square
2113777 •Sydney City 2679111 •Tamworth 661711 •Wollongong 283800 ACT •Belconnen (08) 253 1785
• Fyshwick 80 4944 VIC • Ballarat 31 5433 • Bendigo 43 0388 • Box Hill 890 0699 • Coburg 383 4455 • Dandenong
794 9377 • East Brighton 592 2366 • Essendon 379 7444 • Footscray 889 2055 • Frankston 783 9144 • Geelong
232 711 • Melbourne City 399 Elizabeth St 326 6088 & 246 Bourke St 839 0398 • Richmond 428 1614 • Ringwood
879 5338 • Springvale 547 0522 QLD • Brisbane City 229 9377 •Buranda 391 6233 • Cairns 311 515 • Chermslde
359 6255 • Redbank 288 5599 • Rockhampton 27 9644 • Southport 32 9033 • Toowoomba 38 4300 • Townsvllle
72 5722 • Underwood 341 0844 •SA• Adelaide City 223 4122 • Beverley 3471900 • Elizabeth 255 6099 • Enfield
260 6088 • St. Marys 277 8977 WA • Cannington 451 8888 • Fremantle 335 9733 • Perth City 481 3261 • Midland
2501460 • Northbridge 328 6944 TAS • Hobart 31 0800 NT• Stuart Park 811977
ORDER BY PHONE OUTSIDE SYDNEY (008) 226610 FREE CALL - SYDNEY AREA 888 2105
YOUR EIGHT SPECIALTY STORES IN ONE
DICK SMITH ELECTRONICS (WHOLESALE) ACN 000 456 956
B1159/PB
BOOKSHELF
Reference on
power supplies
Regulated Power Supplies by Irving
M. Gottlieb. Published 1981, 3rd edition 1987 by Howard W. Sams & Co.,
Indianapolis Indiana, USA. Soft covers, 216 x 139mm, 420 pages. ISBN 06722-1808-9. Price $34.95.
This is one 9,f the most thorough
books on regulated power supplies
around at the moment and definitely
worth having on the shelf. It is well
written and goes into good detail about
the problems faced when designing a
low-noise supply.
There are seven chapters in total.
Chapter 1 talks about the need for
well regulated supplies and their uses.
Chapter 2 discusses basic concepts
such as current and voltage regulation, as well temperature coefficients,
stability and protection.
Chapter 3 delves into the dynamic
characteristics of power supplies, such
as output impedance, as well as the
1991 Memory
Data Book
problems of interference and noise.
Chapter 4 describes some of the techniques used, including switching
regulators, pulse width modulation
and digitally controlled power supplies.
Chapter 5 discusses the various
components employed, including 3terminal regulators, FETs, inductors,
chokes and transformers.
Electronics Designs Inc. has issued
the 1991 edition ofits comprehensive
data book of memory products. The
380 page book contains complete data
on all EDI standard memory products, including its greatly expanded
line of SRAM modules for commercial
applications, and a sneak preview of
products to be introduced in the near
future.
EDI's Memory Data Book 1991 is
available from their Australian representative, KC Electronics Pty Ltd;
phone (03) 467 4666.
SC
UV PROCESSING
EQUIPMENT
KALEX LIGHT
BOXES
World Radio &
TV Handbook
World Radio TV Handbook - edited by Andrew G. Sennitt. 45th
edition published 1991 by Billboard Limited, London. Soft ~overs, 230 x 146mm, 576 pages. ISBN
0 8230 7792 6.
If you .want to find out the TV
and radio standards used in Yugoslavia or Peru, where do you look?
There's only one reference which
is likely to have the answers and
that is this book. This is the 45th
edition and its format is exactly
the same as past editions except
that it is a little larger. It contains a
vast amount of information, being
a comprehensive country by country listing of all the long, medium
and shortwave broadcasters by frequency, time and language.
Other features are listings of
Chapter 6 talks about linear regulated supplies using LM317s etc, as
well as providing some circuits which
would be good places to start for further design. Finally, chapter 7 talks
about switching regulators using IC
technology.
Overall, this is a worthwhile book,
loaded with diagrams, tables and figures and at $34.95 is good value. Our
copy came from Jaycar Electronics
(Cat.BS-0526). (D.Y.)
euv2
Exposure Area 40cm x 27cm
$850.00
fr.J~
• Portuvee 4
;
n·
Exposure Area 25cm x 14cm
As featured in July 91 'Silicon Chip'
$250.00
um~'t.ii
P&HOl!M OXIIIIRHHOUN!Til
Of LOMG, HfDllil1
AA1}Wl!!TWA1!:m\OCASl1:RtBYIREQU(NCT,TlH£J.HOIJJlG\!t.G£.
Si>W.t FLl.!UW wo:SG O wm10 !J.lEllllt ~OCMTS iJ R{(ll{ER
• Portuvee 6
Exposure Area 43cm x 40cm
$650.00
mr R[j{lql\ Q wrElll'hiDE BOOIJXAID llf ENGi.Ni O BPllUKAmR
AOORf.lm J.MO PUl();Nfl a IVJ'S IY PfJK(ffi iR.lffiHITTE& 9-ifi
world satellite broadcasts, broadcaster addresses and personnel,
worldwide broadcasts in English,
maps of principal transmitter sites,
and finally reviews of communications receivers.
Our copy came from Dick Smith
Electronics (Cat. B-2091). Their
price is $35.95.
3M Scotchal Photosensitive
Riston 4600 PCB Materal
All prices are plus sales tax it applicable
KALEX
40 Wallis Ave
East Ivanhoe
VIC. 3079
(03) 497 3422
fiW1ii1 ll!!iiii!!!IJ
(03) 497 3034
Fax (03) 499 2381
ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS & ACCESSORIES
e SPECIALIST SCHOOL SUPPLIERS
AUGUST 1991
13
A step-by-step approach
to vintage radio repairs
As with all items of electronic equipment,
repairs to old valve radios require a
logical commonsense approach. The
f ollowi:qg step-by-step procedure should
yield results in most cases.
While the following suggests a suitable procedure for "dead " receivers,
many of its points are equally applicable to radios with weak reception.
It is not suggested that the procedure outlined should be used followed
to the letter. No-one who smells a
burnt-out power transformer would
persist in making tests on an aerial
coil for example, and would have
enough sense to detour to the appropriate section.
(1) . Examine the set for signs of
overheated components such as power
transformers and resistors, or charring of the rectifier or speaker sockets.
Do not switch the set on for this check.
Check that all valves are tight in their
sockets, the grid clips are on, the
speaker plug is making good contact,
there are no leads broken away, and
that the set is switched to "Broadcast"
and not "Gram" or "Shortwave".
(2). Before turning on the set, check
the condition of the power cord and
plug. If the cord is damaged or stiff
and brittle, or if the plug is cracked or
chipped, replace the cord and/or plug.
Replace with a 3-core cord where possible (except on AC/DC sets) and wire
according to SAA mles.
Switch on the set, watching the rectifier valve to see if it arcs or has a
heavy blue glow. If OK, proceed with
This old Radiola 5 is a popular receiver from the mid-1950s. Although not
really a set to appeal lo the vintage radio enthusiast, it was quite a reasonable
receiver & you should have little difficulty in obtaining parts.
14
SILICON C1i11'
section 3. If arcing is present, a short
circuit is indicated, or maybe a heavy
load. This may be a shorted or leaky
filter capacitor or a short between the
high side of the choke and chassis.
A heavy blue glow may indicate a
leaky filter capacitor or some other
leakage or short on the high tension
line. Some rectifiers may become gassy
w ith age and exhibit a blue glow.
Switch the set off in all cases and
take a reading with an ohmmeter between the cathode (indirectly heated
rectifier) or heater and the chassis.
The reading should not be below 1 QkQ.
If it is, move the ohmmeter to the
output side of the filter choke or drop ping resistor to see if the reading is
higher or lower. If higher, the short or
leakage is on the rectifier side - if
lower it is on the output side. Having
found on which side the fault occurs,
unsolder one component at a time on
that side of the line until the ohmmeter reads lOkQ or higher.
(3). Visually examine the screen of
the output valve. With some typ es of
valves, it may be necessary to make
the observation by looking downward
from above the valve. If the screen is
not glowing, proceed with step (4). If
it is glowing, it indicates that the
screen is receiving voltage while the
plate is not.
Most likely the speaker transformer
has an open circuit primary winding.
If the speaker transformer is mounted
on the speaker, it is possible that there
is a high resistance or open circuit at
the speaker socket or on the wires to
the speaker.
(4). Visually examine all valves to
ascertain if their heaters are lit and
feel the valves to see if they are warm.
If OK, proceed with step 5. Where
heaters are not glowing, take an ohmmeter reading between each valve
heater pin and its socket contact in
turn to ensure that the contact resistance is less than 0. lQ. If the contacts
are OK , check the valve heaters with
an ohmmeter after withdrawing the
suspect valves from their sockets.
(5). Listen for hum in the loudspeaker. If it is present, proceed with
step 6. If not, proceed with step 7.
(6). Turn up the volume control and
touch a finger to the pick-up terminal
(remove the shorting link if necessary) or to the grid cap of the audio
valve (warning: don't do this with a
transformerless set). A loud buzz or
hum in the speaker indicates that the
audio section is functional. If so, proceed to step 8; if not, go to step 7 .
(7). Make a voltage check between
the plate of the output stage and the
chassis, ignoring the screen voltage. If
no click i's heard even though normal
voltage is present,,, and if no hum is
heard in the speaker (see step 5),
switch off and check the voice coil
winding and loudspeaker leads for
shorts or an open circuit. Desolder
one side of the voice coil winding for
this test. If no voltage is present at the
plate, check at the screen. If absent
here also, check at the rectifier cathode and on either side of the choke
and/or field coil.
Make a voltage reading between the
grid of the output valve and the chassis. Any positive reading indicates a
faulty coupling capacitor and it may
also be necessary to replace the valve.
For self-biased sets, check the bias on
the output stage cathode. If absent,
check the bias resistor for continuity
and the cathode bypass capacitor for
a short. Also, check any capacitors (if
present) that connect between the
output valve plate and chassis or plate
and screen, and any capacitors that
form part of any plate circuit tone
control. If the audio fault persists proceed with step 9. If cleared, proceed
with step 8.
(8). Check all plate, screen and bias
voltages on valves prior to the detector stage. If OK, switch off the set and
make resistance checks on all coils. If
OK, proceed with step 9.
(9) . If a valve tester is available, test
the valves for emission and shorts.
Temporarily replace doubtful ones,
particularly the mixer, for faults ahead
of the detector, and the detector for
faults that exist from that stage on. If
OK, proceed with step 10.
(10). Turn the volume control full
on. Switch the set to the broadcast
band and inject a signal from an RF
signal generator at the correct intermediate frequency (IF) to the primary
of the first IF transformer. If no sound
is heard, the fault is after the first IF
transformer. Go to step 13 for further
checks. If OK, proceed with step 11.
(11). Inject a signal at broadcast frequency to the antenna terminal (note:
turn the signal generator output well
up to allow for mistuning). Use a high
frequency (1200--1500kHz) to avoid
misleading results if the variable capacitor plates are shorted. Tune the
set to the approximate frequency. If
no signal is present, go to step 12. If
the signal is weak, check the aerial
coil for shorts. It should not be open,
as the resistance test in step 8 would
have shown this fault.
(12 ). Connect a high resistance multimeter or VTVM (AC range) to the
fixed plates of the oscillator gang. A
reading of between 5 and 30 volts
should be obtained. If not, check the
oscillator grid leak, capacitor and oscillator plate voltage. When the oscillator stage is OK, go to step 13.
(13). Check the AVC and other bypass capacitors, then the plate, screen
and bias resistors. Test the IF and
other trimmers for short circuits. If
OK proceed with step 14.
(14). Connect a meter or CRO to the
voice coil winding and turn the signal
generator off. There should be no reading or pattern (except a straight line).
If there is , oscillation is occuring, causing possible grid blocking or overloading. Short the plate of each valve
from the output stage back in succession with a capacitor to earth to localise the fault. If OK, inject in turn an
AF signal at the pick-up terminals, an
IF signal at the detector and each IF
stage, and a broadcast signal at the
aerial and RF stages, to locate the
faulty stage. There will of course be
no pattern or reading if the voice coil
is shorted but this fault should have
been cleared by check 7.
It is highly probable that most faults
will have been located well before
check 14.
Footnote: this article was contributed by Resurrection Radio, 51 Chapel
St, Windsor, Victoria 3181.
SC
WARNING
Dangerous voltages are present
in valve radio sets. In particular,
stay away from transformerless
AC/DC sets unless you know exactly what you are doing.
You can.now
afford a sate II ite
TV system
For many years you have probably
looked at satellite TV systems and
thought "one day".
You can now purchase the
following K band system for only
$995. 00
This is about 1/3 the price of corn parable
systems
Here's what you get:
• A 1.8 metre pressed steel prime
focus dish antenna, complete with
all the mounting hardware - as well
as a self supporting ground stand.
• One super low noise LNB (low
noise block converter) l.4dB or
better.
• One KU band feedhorn and all
the mounting hardware as well as a
magnetic signal polariser.
• 30 metres oflow loss coaxial cable
with a single pair control line.
A 99 channel infrared control
satellite receiver with adjustable IF
and audio bandwidth, polarity, and
dual digital readout. The IR control
unit has a range of approx. 10 metres.
•
Before you receive your system
the unit is pre-programmed to the
popular AUSSAT transponders via
the internal EEPROM memory.
This unit is also suitable for C
band applications.
CALL, FAX or WRITE to
AV-COMM PTY LTD.
PO BOX 386, NORTHBRIDGE
NSW 2063
PHONE (02) 949 7417
FAX (02) 949 7095
All items are available seperately. Ask
about our low noise ·c· band LNB, and
other interesting products. All systems
are provided with dish pointing details.
-----------
1 Yes Garry,
Please send me more information
I on your.- K band satellite systems.
II Name .......................................
I Address ................ ...... .. ..... ......
I ...................................................
II ........................... P/Code ..........
I Telephone ...............................
I
I
II
I
I
II
I
.~N=~~-- -----0=.I
AUGUST 1991
15
Build this LED
digital tachometer
Have you ever wondered how many revs your
car's engine is doing at lOOkm/h or at any
speed for that matter? This digital tachometer
will tell you. It works with all ignitions from
Kettering to Hall Effect systems and with 4, 6
& 8-cylinder cars.
By DARREN YATES
Although many new cars feature a
conventional analog rev counter, it 's
hardly wh at you would call an exciting use of technology! By contrast,
this new tachometer features a bright
4-digit readout that indicates from 09900 RPM with a reso lution of 100
RPM.
As can be seen from the photographs, th e unit is housed in a neat
littl e plastic case that can easily be
attached to the dashboard of your car
using Ve lcro strips. The unit is very
easy to build and uses readily avail16
SIUCO N CIIII'
able parts. In fact , you will probably
already have most of the parts in your
junkbox.
Unlike many other tachometers, this
unit will work with just about any car
ignition system. We checked the prototype on a number of cars ranging
from Commodores & Falcons with
electronic ignition systems through
to a beat-up old VW w ith a pointsswitched (Kettering) ignition. The unit
worked perfectly in all cases, although
the calibration control does have to
be reset when switching between cars
with different numbers of cylinders .
Only three connections are required
to connect the unit to your car: one to
the negative terminal of the coil and
two for power (+12V and GND). The
positive supply is derived from the
ignition switch, so that the unit is
switched on and off with the engine.
Basic principle
The tacho circuit basically works
as a frequency counter but first we
should consider what it is that we are
counting.
In a 4-stroke design, the ignition
coil produces two sparks per revolution for a 4-cylinder engine, three
sparks per rev for a 6-cylinder engine,
and eight sparks per rev for an 8cy linder engine. So if we have a 4cylinder engine operating at 1500 RPM,
then the ignition coil must be delivering 3000 high vo ltage pulses per
minute. This corresponds to a frequency of 30007 60, or 50Hz.
This frequency of 50Hz also corresponds to 1000 RPM for a 6-cylinder
engine and 750 RPM for an 8-cylinder
engine. Since the frequency goes up
linearly with revs per minute, all we
need to do is sample the pulses from
the engine coil for the correct amount
of time to give the correct display.
Because we decided on a maximum
count of 9900 with a resolution of
100, we only needed a 2-digit counter. This 2-digit counter is used to
drive the two most significant digits
(MSDs) of the display, while the two
least significant digits are permanently
wired to show "0"s. This keeps the
complexity and cost of the· project to a
minimum.
Engine irregularities
The other reason for using just a 2digit counter is that a 3 or 4-digit
design would be overkill because of
engine irregularities. At any speed setting, an engine will typically vary its
speed from moment to moment by as
much as ±50 RPM and this means that
the last two digits of a 4-digit display
flicker continuously. This effect applies even to the latest cars with their
electronic ignitions and fuel injection
controlled by a microprocessor. They
are certainly smoother than the older
cars with carburettors and Ketterir:i.g
ignition but they vary nonetheless.
Therefore, it makes good sense to
use a 2-digit counter with two extra
digits as dummies, to make the display easily read, at a glance.
If we intend to fit this counter to a
4-cylinder car, we have to make a
50Hz input appear as 1500 RPM on the
· display. However, as we've just
pointed out, we are only concerned
with the two most significant digits
which, in this case, must display "15".
This is achieved simply by counting
the 50Hz input for 0.3 seconds.
But what if you have a 6-cylinder
car? Well, the two MSDs must read
"10" for the same 50Hz input which
means that we only have to count for
0.2 seconds. Similarly, for an 8-cyiinder car, we have to count the 50Hz
input for 0.15 seconds to get a display
of"7" or "8", which is as close to 750
RPM as we can get.
Block diagram
Refer now to Fig.1 which shows a
block diagram of the circuit. As shown,
the input is taken from the negative
side of the coil's primary winding (ie,
from the points or main switching
transistor). Each time the ignition coil
INPU TFROM
COIL NEGATIVE
--
lJl
FILTER ANO
SCHMITT
(IC3d ,f)
TT
TWO-DIGIT COUNTER
(IC4-IC6)
CLOCK
INPUT
EN
LATCH
R T ENA !LE
-EDGE
DETECTOR
(IC3c)
TIMING
MONOSTABLE i--(IC1)
+EDGE
DETECTOR
(IC3b)
rt
•
RST
7
5
3
+10 COUNTER
CLK EN
(IC2)
CLK
---
SQUAREWAVE
OSCILLATOR
(IC3a)
Fig.I: block diagram of the Digital Tachometer. The high voltage spikes
produced at the negative terminal of the coil are applied to a Schmitt
trigger/filter stage which produces clean square wave pulses. These
pulses are then fed to a 2-digit counter which drives the two most
significant digits. The remainder of the circuit produces the necessary
timing signals for the counter - reset, clock enable & latch enable.
switches, it generates a voltage spike
of about 300V, followed by a ringing
waveform of decreasing voltage due
to the coil's self-resonance.
This input signal is filtered and fed
to a Schmitt trigger stage (IC3d,f)
which produces clean squarewave
pulses corresponding to the high voltage spikes. These pulses are then fed
into the clock input of the 2-digit counter (IC4, IC5, IC6; more about this
later).
To produce a display that updates
smoothly, we need to store and display the previous count while the
counter is tallying up the new one.
The rest of the circuit deals mainly
with this task.
Going back to the block diagram, a
squarewave oscillator (IC3a) continually feeds a divide-by-10 counter (IC2)
with clock pulses. The CLOCK ENABLE
line of this counter is "active low ",
which means that for the counter to
advance, the line must go low. Because it is a divide-by-10 counter, each
::;j;;}g
.- :,I!d•
-,,:;-.--:--:.\=
C
All the parts for the Digital Tachometer are mounted on two PC boards. These
two boards are soldered together at right angles & fit neatly inside a standard
plastic case. A red perspex window sits in front of the LED displays.
AUGUST
1991
17
....
z:,:
>:E0U
""
1J~~Ej
~,~~"-~~
s~
...-'"'
."'
N
·~
0
N
."'
'I•
~
>
~
7•·
....
"'
::,
~~
...~!:i
-, "'
~
"'
0z
,-
~•·
0
Hf--1 I·
"'
....
~
~!::i
~
~
cc
w
Iw
0
N
-,
~-II·
:E
0
"'
0
::c
~
~
,-
~-~
:!:
....
...§;:(
."'
,.
~ I·
~
~,ci-'
N
-, "'
..
I
0
::,
,.
~
a)
~
.......
....
M
►M
...-'"'
"'1=::1~1
- -:--
~
~
~!::i
~
...J
~
0
ct33a, "
~g
ww
~
w
>
..
0
"'
. ... - "'-
~
:: =--
.a
,-"'
N
~
"'
.a
"'
~
::u
~
~
M
... "' m
,....-!! liii
"'
"'
N
...
~
;!
=
"'..,-~
I~
~
~
·~
"'
- - "'....I
w
....
;!
~
'
..
..,_
..,..,..,
- ....
~
~
-
N
~
-~H•·
:=!
~
lj
=
N
....
,,.
E'
=>u~
..111:
.
~
.:a:
Jo
~
SILICON CHIP
.
z
M
f!al•·
N
.
N,-.
..,-=
,~
cc:
ffi
"'l
-
><
<.>
;!
•t---
.
cc:
~1[_
cc:=
.... cc:
!:!~
j>
~
~
~~
!;;;
~
c>
c>
~
~HI·
"'
~"'
.a
..,
I·
c>
!:
+:f-{1-
....
~~
~
N~
.
~I•
:5
.... l'.'l
"'~
~~
~
,-0>
/':-:\.
"'
~=·
-=-Ji·
~
'I•
~
O...:E;<
Q
..,
c>
7,,-
:g
_17..,
.,,l6HI·
c>
....- w
-"'
~
~
~==
-~~r:J'~
z
~
~
0
wl
O "'
..,<.>
,~
cc:
;
~g
0
a:~1-
~
+
-
H•·
f;i§
"'
~
::
~
... I
I•
r.>.
18
-
"'
~I·
~
CJ~
-EE~
....
"'
~..._.z=
;
::Zc, C!:I
"'
,~
cc:
c>
"'
.
:=!
;!
N
U
~
..-
~~
+
- - r.;'\
N
- ,...,
c:,
..
~
ffi
~M
.
~
N
"'
~,
-
N
Im
~
..,
ffi
~
~
,_
-
~
\:!.I
"'
~~
. ....
....
"'
"'I
-
11
N
-"'- .
"'
a, -....
0
~
.,,u1n
---!:?/~
~~
,.
<.>
.a
"'
"'
...........,:
!:
"' "'
"'
:=!
~I•
N
-. - .
.
....
>
~
m
u
►
cc:
~
~
"'
"'
Fig.2 (left): all the circuit functions
depicted in the block diagram (Fig.1)
can be directly related to this main
circuit diagram. Ql, IC3d & IC3fform
the Schmitt trigger/filter stage & this
drives a dual 4-bit BCD counter (IC4b
& IC4a). These counters then drive 7segment decoders IC6 & IC5 which h1
turn drive the two most significant
digits. IC7a provides leading zero
blanking, while ICl, IC2 & their
associated Schmitt trigger inverters
provide timing signals for the 2-digit
counter.
c>
0
~
.
cc:
successive output goes high in turn as
the counter is clocked.
The 7th decoded output is fed into
the CLOCK ENABLE line, so that when
power is first applied, the CLOCK ENABLE is held low, thus allowing the
counter to count. When output "3"
subsequently goes high, it triggers the
LATCH ENABLE of the 2-digit counter.
This instructs the 2-digit counter to
store and display the pulse count from
the coil.
During this time, the squarewave
oscillator continues to clock the divide-by-10 counter. When output "5"
subsequently goes high two clock
pulses later, it resets the 2-digit counter so that it is ready to count the next
series of pulses on its clock input.
This counting period is initiated
another two clock pulses later, when
output "7" goes high and pulls the
CLOCK ENABLE input high to stop the
divide-by-10 counter. This high on
output "7" also triggers a timing
monostable (ICl) via a positive-edge
detector (IC3b) , which allows the 2digit counter to count the incoming
pulses for a specified period of time .
The timing monostable output goes
high for 0.3s for a 4-cylinder engine,
0.2s for a 6-cylinder engine and 0.15s
for a V8. This output is fed into the
CLOCK ENABLE input of the 2-digit
counter which now starts counting.
At the end of the specified interval,
the output of the timing monostable
goes low and the 2-digit counter is
disabled. This low-going signal is also
picked up by a negative-edge detector
(IC3c) when then provides a short
positive-going pulse at its output to
reset the divide-by-10 counter.
This allows the divide-by-10 counter to again go through the above sequence of steps; ie, latching and dis-
playing the current count in the 2digit counter, then resetting the 2digit counter and allowing it to count
the next timing interval.
Circuit details
Take a look now at the main circuit
diagram - see Fig.2. It contains all the
circuit elements shown in the block
diagram (Fig.1).
The input pulses are taken from the
negative-side of the primary winding
of the coil and fed to a voltage divider
consisting of 33kQ and l0kQ resistors. Because of the high voltages involved, the 3 3kQ resistor must be rated
at 0.5W and 300V. The signal is then
AC-coupled into the base of transistor
Ql which acts as a,switch.
Each time a high voltage spike is
applied to the input, Ql turns on and
shorts a 0. lµF capacitor to ground.
This in turn pulls the input of Schmitt trigger IC3d low and thus the
output of IC3f (pin 4) also goes low.
Because the input spike to Ql is
very narrow, the transistor quickly
turns off again. The 0. lµF capacitor
across Ql now charges via an 18kQ
resistor and, after a brief period,
switches pin 4 of IC3f high again.
The RC time constant here is about
2ms, which is longer than the period
fo r which hash (ie, ringing due to coil
resonance) is present on the input
signal. In practice, this means that the
input circuit is disabled for about 2ms
after the initial spike is detected to
prevent false triggering.
The output of Schmitt trigger IC3f
thus consists of a series of negativegoing pulses, with each pulse corresponding to a plug-firing pulse from
the coil. These pulses are now fed
into the clock input (pin 1) of IC4b
which is half of a 4518 dual 4-bit
binary-coded-decimal (BCD) counter.
The most significant bit of IC4b is
connected to the CLOCK ENABLE input
(pin 10) of IC4a to produce a 2-digit
BCD counter. The 4-bit outputs of each
counter are then fed into separate 4511
7-segment decoder ICs (IC5 & IC6)
which in turn drive the two most significant displays.
Leading zero blanking
To make the display more attractive, we have added leading zero
blanking to the unit. This part of the
circuit is quite simple and relies on
the fact that if the leading digit is "0" ,
then each of the four bits output from
IC4a will be low. These outputs are
fed into a 4-input diode OR gate (D3D6), the output of which is fed to Dtype flipflop IC7a.
IC7a acts as a memory cell or latch.
When the DATA input of IC7a goes
low, the Q output also goes low at the
next clock pulse. This in turn pulls
the BLANKING INPUT (pin 4) of IC5 low
and so display 4 is turned off.
However, if the leading digit has
any value from 1-9, the output of the
diode OR gate will be high. Thus, the
output of IC7a will also be high and
so the blanking function will be disabled.
Timing circuit
!Cl, IC2 and Schmitt trigger inverters IC3a, IC3b & IC3c make up the
timing circuit (see also Fig.1).
Schmitt trigger IC3a is connected
as a simple square wave oscillator
which operates at about 450Hz. Its
output at pin 10 drives the clock input (pin 14) of IC2 which is a 4017
divide-by-10 counter.
When power is first applied, ICZ's
"0" output is high and the remaining
outputs are all low. The remaining
outputs then go high (and low again)
in sequence as the counter is clocked.
After two clock pulses, the "2" output at pin 4 goes high and clocks
IC7a, which is the leading zero blanking latch. This ensures that if the most
significant digit is zero, it will be
blanked out for the whole timing cycle.
On the next clock pulse from IC3a,
IC2 's "3" output (pin 7) goes high.
This high is inverted by IC3 e and fed
to the LATCH ENABLE (LE) pins of decoders IC5 and IC6. These !Cs then
latch the counts at the outputs ofIC4a
& IC4b and decode this binary data to
drive the two leading 7-segment displays (display 3 & display 4).
With the count now latched and
displayed, IC2's "5 " output (pin 1)
goes high two clock pulses later and
resets counters IC4a & IC4b. These
two counters are now ready to start
counting a fresh sequence of pulses
from the coil but this doesn't happen
until the clock enable input (pin 2) of
IC4b is pulled high. We 'll see how
this happens shortly.
In the meantime, IC2 continues to
count up until output "7" (pin 6) goes
high. When this happens, it pulls its
own CLOCK ENABLE input (pin 13 high)
and thus disables the clock input. As
PARTS LIST
1 plastic instrument case , Arista
UB14 or DSE Cat. H-2503
1 PC board, code SC05108911 ,
112 x 84mm
1 PC board, code SC05108912,
84 x 38mm
1 front panel label , 115 x 40mm
3 6mm standoffs
1 piece red perspex, 55 x 20mm
1 50kQ linear mini vertical
trimpot
Semiconductors
1 NE555 timer IC (IC1)
1 4017 CMOS divide-by-10
counter (IC2)
1 74C14 CMOS hex Schmitt
trigger inverter (IC3)
1 4518 CMOS dual BCD UP
counter (IC4)
2 4511 CMOS ?-segment
display drivers (IC5,IC6)
1 4013 CMOS dual D flipflop
(IC?)
1 7805 +5V regulator
1 BC337 NPN transistor (01)
2 1N4004 power diodes (D1 ,D2)
4 1N914 signal diodes (D3-D6)
4 LTS543 common-cathode
?-segment displays
Capacitors
1 33µF 35VW electrolytic
1 2.2µF 50VW electrolytic
4 0.1 µF 63VW 5mm-pitch
metallised polyester
1 .047µF 63VW 5mm-pitch
metallised polyester
1 .022µF 63VW 5mm-pitch
metallised polyester
2 .01 µF 63VW 5mm-pitch
metallised polyester
1 .001 µF 63VW 5mm-pitch
metallised polyester
Resistors (0.25W, 5%)
3100kQ
1 82kQ
1 56kQ
1 47kQ
1 33kQ (0.5W, 300V)
1 18kQ
3 10kQ.
261kQ
1 220Q
1 1500
Miscellaneous
Solder, insulated hookup wire ,
tinned copper wire , screws, nuts &
washers.
A UGUST 1991
19
ply connecting six of their segments
(segment "g", pin 10 is the exception)
to the +9V supply rail via lkQ resistors. The common cathode, pin 8, connects to the 0V line.
Power for the circuit is derived from
the car's battery and passes via the
ignition switch to diode DZ which
provides reverse polarity protection.
DZ then feeds a 7805 3-terminal regulator which, together with its associated 220Q and 150Q resistors , delivers a regulated +9V to power the circuit.
The 33µF capacitor on the input of
the 3-terminal regulator provides supply decoupling, while the 0.lµF capacitor filters out any high frequency noise.
•• DISP1 ••
•• LTS543 :
,.•• - ••
DISP2 •
•• LTS543
:
•
••
1•
•• DISP3 •
•• LTS543 •:
1•
•• 8~~\:••
••
•
Fig.3: install the parts on the PC boards as shown here & pay particular
attention to the orientation of the semiconductors & the LED displays. After
assembly, the two PC boards are soldered together at right angles (see text).,
Construction
a result , the "7" output stays high for
a fixed period of time, until ICZ receives an external reset signal.
This external reset signal is supplied by 555 timer IC1 which also sets
the count time. It works like this.
When decoded output "7" goes high,
it also triggers a positive edge detector consisting of Schmitt trigger IC3b,
a 10kQ resistor and a .047µF capacitor. IC3b thus momentarily switches
its output low and this triggers IC1
which is connected as a monostable.
When the 555 is triggered, its output at pin 3 goes high for a short
period of time , as determined by VR1,
resistor Rx and a 2.2µF electrolytic
capacitor. This high is fed to the CLOCK
ENABLE input of IC4b which is now
clocked by pulses from the coil. The
counter is subsequently disabled
when pin 3 ofICl goes low at the end
of the timing period, after which the
4-bit counts are latched by IC5 & IC6
as described previously.
Trimpot VR1 allows the monostable
period to be adjusted so that the tacho
can be accurately calibrated, while
Rx is selected to suit the number of
engine cylinders (since VR1 only has
a limited range). For a 4-cylinder engine, Rx is 82kQ; for a 6-cylinder engine, it's 56kQ; and for a V8, it's 47kil
When pin 3 of IC1 goes low at the
end of the monostable period, it also
resets IC2 via the negative edge detector based on IC3c. Normally, pin 13 of
IC3c is held high by a 100kQ pullup
resistor. However, when pin 3 of IC1
switches low at the end of the timing
period, pin 13 ofIC3c is briefly pulled
low via a .00lµF capacitor. Pin 12 of
IC3c thus briefly switches high and
resets ICZ so that the next cbunting
cycle can begin.
The two least significant digits in
the display are wired to show "0"
continuously. This is achieved by sim-
OK, we've examined how the circuit works. Now let's build the tachometer.
The project is built on two PC
boards, one for the circuitry and one
for the four 7-segment LED displays.
After assembly, the two boards are
soldered together at 90 degrees to give
a compact assembly that fits into a
low-profile plastic case.
Fig.3 shows the assembly details.
Before mounting any of the parts, care-
TABLE 1: CAPACITOR CODES
0
0
0
0
0
0
Value
IEC Code
EIA Code
0.1µF
.047µF
.022µF
.01µF
.001µF
100n
47n
22n
10n
1n
104
473
223
103
102
TABLE 2: RESISTOR COLOUR CODES
0
0
No.
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20
3
26
SILICON CHIP
Value
4-Band Code (5%)
5-Band Code (1%)
100kQ
82kQ
56kQ
47kQ
33kQ
18kQ
10kQ
1kQ
220Q
150Q
brown black yellow gold
grey red orange gold
green blue orange gold
yellow violet orange gold
orange orange orange gold
brown grey orange gold
brown black orange gold
brown black red gold
red red brown gold
brown green brown gold
brown black black orange brown
grey red black red brown
green blue black red brown
yellow violet black red brown
orange orange black, red brown
brown grey black red brown
brown black black red brown
brown black black brown brown
red red black black brown
brown green black black brown
As explained previously, resistor
Rx is selected to suit your car's en-
gine. Check the bottom lefthand corner of Fig.2 for the correct value for
your car.
The 0.5mm fixed pitch capacitors
can now be installed (see Table 1),
followed by the 50kQ trimpot, diodes
Dl-D6 and the transistor (Ql). Check
that the diodes and the transistor are
correctly oriented before soldering
their leads.
Finally, install the six ICs and the
7805 regulator. Note that the ICs all
face in the same direction and that
the regulator is oriented so that its
metal tab is adjacent to the edge of the
PC board.
Display board
Follow the procedure described in the text when soldering the two boards
together at right angles. Note that each LED display must be mounted with its
decimal point at lower right.
fully check the copper sides of the
boards to make sure that they have
been correctly etched. When you are
satisfied that they are OK, begin the
assembly by installing all the wire
links on the main PC board (code
SC05108911).
A worthwhile tip here is to stretch
the tinned copper wire to be used for
the links slightly before cutting the
individual lengths. This will ensure
that the links are all nice and straight
and prevent them from shorting to
adjacent components.
Next, install the resistors. Table 2
lists their colour codes but we suggest
that you also check each value on
your DMM before mounting it on the
PC board, since some of the colours
0
~
®
,.. TO BASE, 01
12·24VAC
o---------GND
Fig.4: here's how to use the mains
as a 50Hz frequency reference.
Adjust VR1 for a reading of 1500
RPM on. a 4-cylinder engine or
1000 RPM on a 6-cylinder engine.
On a V8, adjust VR1 until the
display alternates between 700 &
800RPM.
can be difficult to distinguish. Note
that some resistors in the top lefthand
corner of the board are mounted end
on to save space.
-=1._______
DIGITAL TACHOMETER
Fig.5: this full-size artwork can be used to mark out the front panel window.
This board (code SC05108912) is
easy to assemble since it only carries
the four LED displays. Push each display down onto the board as far as it
will go and make sure that it is correctly oriented (not upside down!)
before soldering its pins. You can determine the correct orientation by
checking the location of the decimal
point - it should be at the bottom
righthand corner of each LED display
when the display is viewed the right
way up.
The two PC boards can now be soldered together via their bus connector strips. To do this, temporarily
mount the main board in the case on
6mm standoffs and butt the display
board against it. Check that the bottom edge of the display board rests on
the bottom of the case, then use a
pencil to mark the back of the display
board where the boards intersect (note:
you may have to file the bottom corners of the display board slightly to
clear the case mounting pillars).
The two boards can now be removed
from the case and tack soldered together at each end. This done, check
the assembly in the case, adjust the
boards as necessary, and solder the
remaining connections.
Front panel
To cut down on glare, a piece ofred
perspex is fitted into a hole cut in the
front panel, immediately in front of
the LED displays. This cutout is best
made by using the published artwork
as a marking template, then drilling a
series of holes around the inside perimeter and knocking out the centre
piece.
AUGUST
1991
21
1
11
I 11111111111 1\\l\\ \ \\lll
correctly, you should get a "000" display with the MSD blanked out.
At this stage, it's a good idea to
check the supply voltage to the ICs.
First, check that the 7805 regulator is
delivering +9V, then check that this
voltage is present on pin 8 ofICl, pin
14 ofIC3 & IC7, and pin 16 ofICZ, IC4 ,
IC5 & IC6.
If you don't get the correct voltages
or the display is incorrect, switch off
and check your boards against Fig. 3
for wiring errors. In particular, check
for incorrect component placement
or orientation and for missed or faulty
solder joints.
Calibration
•II
N
,...
O')
CX)
0
,...
LO
l!!filil
1
~~11
1
fi
Fig.6: here are the full-size artworks for the two PC boards. Check
your boards carefully before mounting any of the components.
The cutout is then carefully filed to
shape until the perspex window is a
tight fit. Once this has been done,
remove the perspex, carefully affix
the adhesive label to the panel, and
cut away the panel from around the
hole using a sharp utility knife.
Finally, replace the perspex window and check that it is a tight fit. If
the perspex is loose, it can be secured
using a spot of adhesive at each corner on the inside of the panel.
The board assembly can now be
22
SILICON CHIP
installed in the case. Note that the
three external leads pass through a
small grommeted hole in the rear
panel. Tie a knot in the leads inside
the case before passing them through
the grommet to prevent the wires from
coming adrift.
Testing
Now
unit to
battery
switch
for the big test. Connect the
a 12V DC supply (eg, a car
or a 12V DC plugpack) and
on. If the project is working
There are two ways of calibrating
the Digital Tachometer: (1) you can
calibrate it against another tachometer
(eg, in another car); or (2) you can
calibrate it against a mains-derived
50Hz frequency reference. The first
method is the easiest but its accuracy
depends on the accuracy of the .reference tachometer. In this case, all you
have to do is adjust VRl until both
tachometers give the same reading.
By contrast, the second method is
extremely accurate. Fig.4 shows a suitable mains-derived calibration circuit.
This uses a diode to half-wave rectify
the 12-24V AC secondary voltage of a
rp.ains transformer to provide a 50Hz
input waveform. The 4.7kQ resistor
in series with the diode provides current limiting, to protect the transistor.
Connect this calibration circuit directly to the base of Ql (just solder the
input lead to the top of diode Dl) and
don't forget the ground connection.
Now switch on and adjust VRl until
you get the correct reading. This will
be 1500 RPM for a 4-cylinder car and
1000 RPM for a 6-cylinder car. For an
8-cylinder car, adjust VRl until you
get a reading that alternates between
700 & 800 RPM (ie, 750 RPM) ..
Finally, remove the calibration circuit, install the board assembly in the
case and mount the unit on the dashboard of your car.
Don't forget that the input lead is
conrrected to the negative side of the
ignition coil primary, while the +12V
supply is derived via the ignition
switch. In most cars, this switched
+12V rail can easily be picked up at
the fusebox (use automotive connectors for all connections). Make sure
that the power is derived via one of
the fuses.
SC
Have you driven a F alcon lately?
2 year computer warranty
DDF36
DDF12
DDF14
DDF14F
DDHWl
DDHCl
DDHW2
DDHC2
DDHC3
DDHC4
DCAAHF
DCAAHFPS2
l
Was
Now
360k
$ 149 $ 139
1.2Mb
$ 165 $ 149
1.44Mb
$ 165 $ 149
1.44Mb + frame
$ 180 $ 160
40MbATbus
$ 549 $ 395
28ms Western Digital
43MbATbus
$ 595 $ 449
25ms Conner
85MbATbus
$ 995 $ 695
18ms Western Digital
104MbATbus
$1095 $ 895
25ms Conner
120MbATbus
$1195 $ 995
19ms Conner
209MbATbus
$1725 $1545
19msConner
Hard / Floppy Controller Card
ATbus
$ 50 $ 35
Hard / Floppy Controller Card
2s, lP, lG, At bus
$ 79 $ 59 ,I
"----------------"
14" Su per VGA 1024 x 768
.28mm Dot Pitch
Was
14" Monitor
$650
with 16 bit 256K car d
$874
with 16 bit 512K car d
(expandable to 1Mb)
$925
with 16 bit 1Mb 8514A mode$995
VGA Card
.
Now
$549
$649
$699
$799
rn m~ ··. ,. ·
r~~~r;;~;~-~7;.i,~~:i:h~;;;;~~~i~l
I
I
I
I
I Includes:
Includes:
1Mb RAM, 1.2Mb Floppy, 42Mb H~rd Drive
16 Bit 256K VGA card, 14" Super VGA Colour Monitor
I
Enhanced 101 keyboard. 2 Serial, Parallel and Games port I
Hinged Baby AT desktop case with 200W power supply.
~
I
1Mb RAM on board. 1.2Mb Floppy drive, 42Mb Hard Drive
16 Bit 256K VGA card, 14" Super VGA Colour Monitor
I
2 Serial, Par~ll~l and Games _port. Enhanced 101 keyboard I
Desktop or mm1 tower case with 200W power supply
I
'--------ll7j2&2 _____ l ______~J~2~~------'
Please call for pricing on other systems
•~i4Ql~;t,j,jifei•-----------386SXN<rt;b~-;;kc;iiput~,
I
I
I
I,
l
Includes:
,··""•··· ·
..
Processor:80386 CPU 8116MHz
•
·
Display: Backlit LCD 640 x 480 pixels. VGA, EGA, CGA, & MDA Compatible
Memory: 1 Mb of RAM on board, expandable to 8Mb
··'"-t;!:_:;:(:cl;f~
Drives: 1.4Mb 3.5" Floppy Disk Drive plus a 40Mb Hard Drive
Ports:
RS-232 Serial Port, Parallel Port, External 16 bit extension Port.
•
., ,
External VGA & External FDD (1.2M) ports.
·--- ·
Built in Ni-Cad battery with low battery warning lamp and AC adapter. Weight :3.2 kg/ 7 lbs Dimensions: 280mm(W)220'llm(D)50mm(H)
$4495 00
______________________________
______
YOUR GUARANTEE OF SATISFACTION:
·•• All products carry a 14 day money back guarantee ( except software and chips).
,:, All prices include sales tax.
,:, All computer systems cany a full 24 mont h waiTa nty.
,:, All cards come with full documentation
,,, All other products carry a full 12 month wan·anty.
,:, All specia ls are for the month of magazine inserted or until stocks a re exhausted
Due to Technical ad vances, prod ucts we s upply may in some cases va ry
EE
r,-------------------
from those pictured. In all cases the products supplied are guaranteed
to peiform to an equal or higher standard than those pictured
If you do not have a copy of our ca t alogue, send us this
1 coupon to receive your FREE copy:
Electronic Solutions Sales P/L : Mr/Mrs/Ms: _ __ __ _ __ _ __ _ _ __
I Address:
I
- - - - - - - - -- -- - Telephone: (02) 906 6666 I Suburb: _ _ _ __ _ _ _ St ate :_ _ _ _ P ostcode :
5 Waltham St. Artarmon 2064
PO Box 426 Gladesville 2111
Fax: (02) 906 5222
I
I
I
_,I
I
Did you build the UHF
corner reflector antenna
described recently or
have you just installed a
new antenna? If your TV
reception is still not
good, add this booster
unit to your TV mast &
clean up those noisy
pictures.
_,, , , ,. ·:tr,_prove ygui TV reception with this
~5THEAD
~LIFIER
LTHOUGH intended mainly as a
masthead amplifier, this unit can
also be used as a distribution amplifier at the input of a multi-way splitter.
It's easy to install and is suitable for
amplifying both VHF and UHF TV
signals, as well as FM signals.
In fact, if you live on a fring e UHF
area, this unit would make an ideal
companion for the UHF corner reflector antenna described recently in SILICON CHIP. But, of course, the unit is
also equally suited to commercial antennas - both UHF and VHF.
Before diving in with a hot soldering iron though, it's important to realise that a masthead amp lifier is not a
universal panacea for TV reception
A
ills. A masthead amplifier will not
eliminate ghosting problems, for example. Nor can it clean up interference problems or give you a good
picture if there is little signal at the
antenna in the first place.
Nor is there much point in installing a masthead amplifier if your existing antenna and cable installation is
not fully up to par. That said, there
are many situations where a masthead amplifier can dramatically improve picture quality, particularly in
fringe areas. Quite often, a clean signal can be obtained at the antenna
terminals but at a level that's just above
the onset of noise. By the time the
signal has reached the TV set, the
By JOHN CLARKE & GREG SWAIN
24
SILICON CHIP
signal will be severely degraded due
to cable losses.
A similar result can occur in good
signal areas due to excessive losses in
the distribution system. This can occur if long cable runs are involved or
if the signal is split to feed multiple
outlets. In these circumstances, signal losses not only occur in the feeder
cable but also in matching transformers or baluns and in splitters.
Boosting the signal
The best way around this problem
is to amplify the incoming signal at
the antenna terminals (ie , at the masthead) before it is sent down the cable.
By doing this , we can compensate for
any losses that occur later in the distribution system. Alternatively, the
unit can be installed ahead of a splitter
unit to ensure adequate signal level at
each outlet.
The circuit of the masthead amplifier is based on a Philips OM350 thick
film hybrid IC which gives around
18dB of gain from 40MHz to 1GHz.
This means that there is plenty of
gain right across the UHF and VHF
TV bands, and across the FM band
(88-108MHz) as well.
2.2
L1
+
.,.
ll16VWI
II
II
.,.
27DpF
1sn ro .-.==-="'---11 _ _ ___,._-1,--'I
ANTENNA
Cutting costs
Most masthead amplifiers are powered from a DC supply rail that's delivered via the coaxial cable. This supply rail is typically around 12V DC
and is derived from a plugpack.
This unit is different. Instead of
using a DC plugpack supply, it uses a
commercial "Antenna Booster Power
Supply" (called the LT Telebrite) that
delivers 24V AC to the cable. A rectifier/voltage regulator circuit in the
masthead unit then converts this 24V
AC to 12V DC to power the OM350
amplifier IC.
There are several advantages to this
scheme. First, it's much cheaper than
using a DC plugpack supply. A standard 12V 300mA plugpack supply will
set you back about $20 - not cheap.
Second, the LT Telebrite AC supply
includes all the necessary screw terminals to terminate the 75Q cables
from the antenna and TV set. Unlike
previous units, you don't have to make
up a separate ground level adapter
box to terminate (and isolate) the cables and interface the supply rails.
And third, sending AC up the mast
eliminates the corrosion problems that
can occur with DC supplies due to
electrolysis. So the AC scheme is
cheaper, easier and more reliable.
The LT Telebrite AC supply, by the
way, is available only from Jaycar El~ctronics as part of a complete kit for
the masthead amplifier. It is built into
a plastic case and comes complete
with a mains cord and mains transformer.
D1
L1 , L210T, 0.5mm ECU DN F29 BALUN
MASTHEAD AMPLIFIER
Fig.1: the circuit is based on the OM350 thick-film hybrid IC which gives
around 18dB of gain from 40MHz to 1GHz. Diodes D1 & D2 protect the IC from
excessive input voltages, while D3 and the LM317 convert the 24VAC supply fed
up the mast to a regulated +12V output to power the IC.
quality cable, is typically about O. ldB/
metre at VHF.
Unfortunately, UHF signal losses
are much higher so a masthead amplifier can make a big difference to your
UHF TV reception. Of course, keeping the cable run as short as possible
also helps (consistent with good siting of the antenna), and you should
always use good quality cable.
Don't use ribbon cable to distribute
TV signals. Coaxial cable is less prone
to ghosting and noise pickup than
ribbon cable, and is less affected by
wet weather as well.
• Balun loss: a matching transformer or balun is normally used to
match the feeder cable (75 ohms) to
the antenna impedance (300 ohms).
Good quality baluns exhibit losses of
less than ldB at VHF but have somewhat higher losses at UHF.
Don't use a cheap balun if you expect good UHF reception. It may be
OK at VHF but could introduce unacceptable losses at UHF, particularly
in fringe areas.
• Splitter loss: this is the loss that
occurs between a splitter's input and
its output terminals. The greater the
number of outlets, the greater the signal loss.
Typical 2-way and 4-way splitters
have losses of 3.5dB and 6.5dB respective Iy at VHF but, as before, losses
at UHF are somewhat higher.
Transmission losses
We'll move on to the circuit description shortly but first let's take a
closer look at the losses that occur in
a TV signal distribution system . By
understanding what these losses are,
you'll know when and where to employ a masthead amplifier.
• Feeder cable loss: this is simply
the signal attenuation that occurs in
the cable between the antenna and
the TV set. It depends on the length
and quality of the cable and, for good
ANTENNA BOOSTER POWER SUPPLY
This commercial "Antenna Booster Power Supply" provides 24VAC to power
the masthead amplifier. It also includes all the necessary screw terminals to
terminate the 7511 cables from the antenna and TV set so that you don't have to
make up a separate adapter box.
AUGUST
1991
25
.001
300n TO
llrRECEIVER
II
S4
II
' - - - ~ II
F4
JAYCAR POWER SUPPLY UNIT
Fig.2: this is the circuit for LT Telebrite supply unit. Power is
derived from a small mains transformer & this feeds 24VAC up the
mast via inductor L3. L4 & its associated .001µF capacitor filter
the 50Hz mains signal from the TV signal.
This underneath view of the LT Telebrite shows the clamps & screw terminals
used to terminate the 75Q cables from the masthead amplifier & TV set. Note
that the two wire links must be disconnected from the screw terminals.
OK, so what about your particular
installation? Should you use a masthead amplifier? In general, the answer is "yes" if distribution losses are
a problem (eg, in fringe areas or in
long cable runs); if reception is noisy
on one or more channels and you
don't wish to upgrade the antenna; or
26
SILICO N CHIP
if one or more channels is borderline
in quality and you want to extend the
distribution system.
How it works
Fig.1 shows the circuit details of
the masthead amplifier. Apart from
the power supply, there are only a few
components since all the required gain
is produced by ICl (OM350).
The input signal from the antenna
is coupled to pin 1 of ICl via two
series-connected 270pF capacitors
which provide DC isolation. Diodes
Dl & DZ are there to protect ICl from
excessive input voltages, as can occur
due to nearby lightning strikes, static
build-up or nearby RF transmitters.
Note that BAW62 diodes are specified here because they are a highspeed switching type with very low
capacitance. This means that they provide good protection for ICl without
significant signal loss. In operation,
they clip any high voltage spikes to
±0 .6V.
The amplified output signal appears
at pin 5 of ICl and is coupled to the
feeder cable via a 270pF capacitor.
Inductors L1 & 12 present a high impedance at signal frequencies and thus
ensure that ICl 's output is not loaded
by the power supply circuitry.
At the other end of the cable, the
signal is fed into the 75Q input terminals of the LT Telebrite supply and
coupled to the 75Q output terminals
via a .00lµF capacitor - see Fig.2. Alternatively, the signal from the capacitor can be fed via a link to a 300Q
balun. Inductor 13 isolates the signal
from the transformer secondary, while
14 and the .00lµF coupling capacitor
filter out any 50Hz mains signal.
Power for the circuit is derived from
the 24 V secondary of the mains transformer in the power supply unit
(Fig.2). This 24V AC supply is coupled to the feeder cable via 13 and
then fed to D3 is the masthead unit
via the feeder cable and 12.
D3 rectifies the 24V AC supply and
drives an LM317T 3-terminal regulator via a lO0Q resistor and l00µF filter capacitor. The lO0Q resistor limits
the peak current pulses while the lkQ
and 8.2kQ resistors jack the output of
the LM317 up to +12V.
This +12V output is then filtered
and fed to pin 5 of ICl via Ll.
By now, you may be wondering why
we didn't use a 12V regulator such as
a 7812. The answer is that we wanted
to keep the current low and an LM317
only has a quiescent current of about
lO0µA versus about 8mA for a 7812
regulator.
Construction
The parts for the masthead amplifier are all installed on a small PC
PARTS LIST
1 PC board, code SC02107911,
60 x 46mm
1 plastic zippy case, 83 x 54 x
28mm
2 F29 ferrite baluns
1 400mm length of 0.5mm
enamelled copper wire
1 LT Telebrite antenna booster
power supply (see text)
2 right-angle brackets (see text)
2 plastic cable clamps (to suit
coax)
1 mast clamp or 2 right angle
brackets - see text
The two 75Q cables are secured to the PC board using plastic cable clamps &
their leads soldered to adjacent PC stakes. Use foam insulation to isolate the
underside of the board from the screws used to secure the mast clamp.
75n TO
ANTENNA
,.,..,,-""'i','-,----'-;
,--,.-:::-:,"""'"C~~-\J ■
<at>
·-
CORO CLAMP
75n OUTPUTTO
OWER SUPPLY
Fig.3: here's how to install
the parts on the PC board.
Keep all component leads as
short as possible & use your
DMM to check the resistor
values before they are
installed.
-
board coded SC02107911 (60 x
46mm) . This board is enclosed in a
small plastic case which is secured to
the mast, close to the antenna, using a
mast clamp (eg, Tandy's universal wall
mount mast clamp - Cat 15-9573). or
right angle brackets and self-tapping
screws.
Fig.3 shows the parts layout on the
PC board. Begin the assembly by installing four PC stakes at the coaxial
cable wiring points. After that, you
can install the parts in any order but
make sure that they are mounted as
close to the board as possible. This
particularly applies to the IC and to
the three 270pF ceramic capacitors
since these components carry RF signals.
Use your DMM to check the resistor values before installing them on
the board, as it's easy to make a mistake here. Fig.1 shows the pinout details for the OM350 and the LM317
regulator.
The two inductors (11 & 12) are
made by winding 10 turns of 0.5mm
enamelled copper wire (ECW) on F29
ferrite baluns - see Fig.4. You will
need about 200mm of wire to wind
each balun, after which the baluns
can be soldered to the board. Scrape
away the enamel from the balun leads
before soldering them to their respective pads.
The board assembly can now be
completed by soldering the two nuts
for the cable clamp screws to the copper pattern. This is best done by temporarily installing the two sets of
screws and nuts, to ensure that the
elftN1"-":;__.....;;;...,,
CORE
Lt AND L2: 1OT, 0.5mm ENCU
Fig.4: this
diagram
shows the
winding
details for
Ll & L2.
Semiconductors
1 OM350 wideband amplifier
(IC1)
1 LM317T 3-terminal regulator
2 BAW62 silicon diodes (01 ,02)
1 1N4002 silicon diode (03)
Capacitors
1 100µF 35VW electrolytic
1 10µF 16VW electrolytic
1 2.2µF 16VW electrolytic
2 .001µF ceramic
3 270pF ceramic
Resistors (0.25W, 5%)
1 8.2kQ
1 1kQ
1 100Q 0.5W
Miscellaneous
Screws, nuts, washers, coaxial
cable, silicone sealant.
nuts are correctly aligned with the
screw holes.
At this stage, you are ready for the
final assembly. First, drill holes in
either end of the case to accept the
coaxial cable, then drill the holes for
the mast clamp and attach the clamp
using screws and nuts. This done,
strip the ends of the cables, feed them
through the holes and plastic clamps,
and solder their leads to the PC stakes
(note: use some foam rubber to insulate the clamp screws from the PC
board). The two coaxial cables can
then be anchored by doing up the
clamp screws.
Installation
If you intend using the unit as a
masthead amplifier, it should be installed on the mast adjacent to the
antenna as shown in one of the acAUGUST 1991
27
Fig.5: this is the full-size artwork
for the PC board.
Use silicone sealant to weatherproof the case when you are satisfied that the
circuit is working OK. This involves sealing the two cable exit & entry holes,
the screw mounting holes for the mast clamp, and the case lid.
companying photographs. This arrangement will provide the best signal to noise ratio.
Run the feeder cable down the mast
and into the house to the LT Telebrite
supply by the most direct route possible, but avoid sharp bends or kinks in
the cable. The end of the cable is then
stripped and connected to the TO ANT
terminals of the supply.
Note that the centre conductor goes
to the 750 screw terminal, while the
braid is forced into contact with the
metal ground plane by the clamp. Do
not connect the braid (or shield) to
one of the 3000 screw terminals.
A similar connection is made for
the cable from the TV set to the TO TV
terminals. Don't forget to disconnect
(or cut) the wire links that run to the
750 screw terminals from adjacent
holes in the bottom of the case, as
indicated by the stick-on label (these
links were intended to give the user
the option of using 3000 cable).
When everything is connected, ap-
The LT Telebrite power supply unit is supplied fully-built up in a moulded
plastic case. Alternatively, you can make up your own AC supply & fit this
into a plastic case along with the necessary parts to terminate the cables.
28
SILICON CHIP
ply power and check that the masthead amplifier is working correctly.
You should get good noise-free pictures on all channels. If a strong local
signal now causes receiver overload
(as indicated by a strong interference
pattern), try fitting a tuned attenuator
for the offending channel right at the
antenna terminals (ie, before the masthead amplifier).
1/4-wave stub
A 1/4-wave stub makes a very effective tuned attenuator. This is simply a length of coaxial cable attached
to the antenna terminals and cut to
exactly a 1/4-wavelength of the offending channel. If the stub attenuates the signal too severely, try making it slightly shorter until you get the
desired result.
Another approach is to initially cut
the stub slightly shorter than a 1/4wavelength and then tune it towards
resonance using a trimmer capacitor
across the open end. Experimentation is often the best answer here.
Once the masthead amplifier is
working OK, it can be weatherproofed
using silicone sealant. This involves
sealing the lid of the case, the clamp
mounting screws and the entry and
exit holes for the coaxial cable.
For use as a distribution amplifier,
the unit should be placed as close as
practicable to the point where the cable enters the building. Of course,
you must have a noise free signal to
feed into the amplifier. The TO TV
output from the LT Telebrite is connected to the splitter input and the
splitter outputs then fed to the TV
receivers.
SC
Phone your order to us Toll Free.
We guarantee our Jetservice Courier will deliver
to your door faster than any other Australian
supplier (including that local supplier just up the
road). If we tail I'll give you your money b~ck .tfl
plus $5.00 for your inconvenience. ~ l!J ~
Economy Alarm Panel
For Homes and Small Commercial Premises
This is a 3 zone alarm control panel designed for the
protection of homes and small commercial premises. It
employs the latest advanced electronic circuitry offering
the highest degree of quality and reliability . It will accept
either active or passive normally open or normally closed
sensors making it both a versatile and effectiVe p~otection
system . See Altronics ' 91 catalogue for full details.
s5480 $129.oo
Economical Alarm System Kit
Keyless 4 Sector Alarm
Control Panel svsTEM 2
This 4 zone panel has been suitably designed for
the protection of both commercial and residential
properties. It employs the latest electronic
circuitry and the most up-to-date security
technology. It has 4 independent individually
isolatable protection circuits accepting both
normally open or normally closed sensors. The
panel is easily armed and disarmed via the
integral inbuilt keypad.
$
S5485 249 .00
The kit comes complete
with the following
components: • One
Alarm Panel • One
Passive lnfrared
Detector (P.1.R.) • One
AC Power Pack • One 8
Ohm Horn Speaker •
Three pairs of Magnetic
Reed Switches • One
12V/ 1.2AH Rechargeable
Back Up Battery.
S5470$349.oo
Feature,: • 5 Protection Circuit Lov ps • Independent Connections for N.~. and
N.0 . Sensor Switches • Arm - Disarm by Digital Access Key-pad • Mul_t,Station Remote Control • Warble Tone - Steady Tone Siren DrivPr • Adjustable
Timers for Entry Delay and Siren Duration• " Latch" and " Timing '.' Output
Relays • Remote and Local Alarm Status Indication • see Altronics '91
catalogue for full details.
With 1tyll1h compact good looks this alarm blends
smoothly Into any resldentlal or office decor.
This compact 3 section
alarm panel has been
designed to either surface
mount or flush mount into a
standard 3 gang electrical
wall box . In order to provide
the maximum amount of
security and operation
convenience the panel is
operated via a 4 digit access
code rather than a key . For
ease of installation and
service , the panel is provided
with a plug in wiring
harness. ,
s5490$119.oo
FREE THIS MONTH ONLY100m ROLL CABLE and 4 LARGE WARNING STICKERS
WITH ANY PURCHASE OF THE ABOVE SYSTEMS
THATS A SAVING OF OVER $401
•
Super Small PIR
Detector
Very Unobtrusive.
Incorporating the latest
technology this compact
Passive Infra Red Detector
(P.I.R .) features Pulse Count
Triggering which virtuall y
el iminates false alarms. See
Altronics '91 catalogue ' ?r
full details.
•
Flush/Surface Mount Alarm
Control Panel
svsrEM,
Supplied with all major com_ponents to
complete a working system.
Digital Access Keypad
This digital access keypad is a
12-button electronic coded
I
;ir~~t":!~r~t'~;~e~ f~~;~~es two
owner. There are 11880 different
combinations possible for
secuirty key and 132 different
combinations possible for panic .
The secret codes may be
instantly changed by the owner
by just simply rearranging the
code jumper pins on the PCB .
See Altronics '91 catalogue for
full details.
Strobe,d
Signal c
Lamps
Uses Xenon Strobe tube
for high energy flash
output at a rate approx .
1 per seconds. Fantastic
light energy output for
the DC power used. DC
input 12V 320mA.
Dlmen1lono: 97 diam 50
H. Two colours
available.
s5455 $34.95
S5450 Red $34 .95
Alarm Stickers
200mm x 75mm
Blue
70mm x 25mm
lncredlbly Small
S5302 $79 .00
Only 55 x 31 x 73mm
S5400 $1 .95 S5410 $3 .95
UHF Microprocessor Controlled Wireless Security System
Apart from the flawle11 operation of the system one of the great features Is Its appllcatlon with rented or leased premises
- let's face It, money spent on Installing a wired system In your home or office, factory, etc Is Irrevocably lost when you
move on. With this system you simply take It with you.
Wlrele11
Complete System Includes:
Remote Keypad
1 x Control Panel
1 x Passive Infra Red Detector/ Transmitter
1 x Door/ Window Reed Switch/ Transmitter
1 x Hand Held Remote Control/ Transmitter
1 x Horn Speaker - 10 watt/wired
1 x 240V AC adaptor
1 x 1.2Ah Back-up Battery
1 x Set of batteries for all transmitters
s5240 $649.oo
For Additional Components
See Right
s 5255
$129.oo
Personal Remot
s5250$59 .oo
Door/ Window Reed Switch
s5m$69 .oo
High
Performance
Digital
Sine/Square
Wave Generator
Get 240V AC Mains Power From
Your 12V Battery With These
Handy Inverter Kit Sets
Depending on power capacity the various models wlll power
TV Sets, HI FI Turntables, AC Lighting, Electrlc Drlll1, Angle
Grinder and 100 and 1 Appllance1
12/24OV 40 Watt
Inverter
(ETI March '88)
Hare 11 a NII contained Speech
Synthellzer that don not require a
computer to control It.
This small , simple circuit contains all
(See SC July '90)
This new digital Sine/ Square Wave
Generator uses high speed CMOS
ICs and a digital filter IC to produce
sine and square waves over the
frequency range from 0.1 Hz to
S00kHz. It also features a 4-digit
frequency readout and an output
level control.
J'
Lik e most high quality audio function
generators, this digital generator
covers a very wide frequency range
- from 0.1Hz to SOOkHz - and it
does so with rock solid amplitude
stabili ty. There is no bouncing about
of the amplitude as you change
frequen cy (as is inevitable with
termistor stablised Wien Bridge
designs).
This inverter is ideally suited for
appliances from the car battery while
camping. This cconsiderably
improves the comfort level of the
civilised camper. Similarl y, it has
uses in boati ng . Typically, it can be
used to power an electric shaver,
the necessary components to make
your favourite possessions speak. It
electric blanket, electric can opener
or a 40W light bulb.
can be connected to almost any
appliance , vehicle or home remote
control system to let you know when
K 8705
the kettle has switched off, the doors
are locked or the water in the
$99.oo
300 Watt
Inverter with
Auto Start
radiator is boiling. The inputs are
coded and priority message reading
means warnings are heard instead of
greetings etc if two messages are
sent at the same time. Blan k Eprom
included to all you to programme the
messages you want.
(See EA April '88)
• Super Compact - kit is supplied
with tough ABS case • UNI High
Efficiency Toroid Tranaformer thus
keeping down heat dissipation ,
battery drain and weight •Auto start
draws power from your battery only
when appliance is plugged in and
" turned on" ie battery can be left
permanently connected if req •
6750 Complete Kit
Voltage regulated • Current
KB5oo$95.oo
K
9502$20.00
Pre-Programmed Eprom for
K9500
K2547 $175.oo
Low Cost
Temperature
Probe
K
regulated • Current overload.
0,.:i,21.95
Powerhouse
6OOW Inverter
C
K 2570
Touch Lamp Dimmer
(See SC June '89)
lmpre11 your nHI dinner gueot1 with 1h11 nifty
1
" Touch " Lamp Dimmer
Are you stilt persisting with on~ of t~ose ? Id knob
type light Dimmers? Well here 1s a light dimmer
which can turn your lights on and off or Just dim
lhem by touching the decorative plate . Extremely sale
operation
K
with gold plate
K 6330 with 1llver plate
6329
Normally
$~ .00
$30 .00
Thll Month
20MHz Logic
Probe with
Audio Indicator
$279.oo
$370 .00
K 8755 Fully Bull! I Teoted
STOP PRESS - 300 WATT INVERTERS NOW
INCORPERATE NEW IMPROVED CIRCUITRY.
EVEN BETTER VALUE/I
Here' s an easy to build probe which
adapts a multimeter into a general
purpose thermometer.
Mea1ureo accurately from -20 deg C lo
=120
(SH EA Aug '85)
powering low wattage mains
(See EA Dec '87)
This inverter has the capability to
produce 600 watts of mains power
which will run a fantastic array of
appliances. It would be ideally suited to runni_ng
power tools, lighting (including fluros) , electric motors_
and much more . It can be either used as a portable unit
or permanent fixture . A must for farming, camping,
mining, boating, remote settlements an~ where ever else
240V power isn't available . Can be configured to operate
o ff either 12V or 24V DC.
K
12V Fully Bull!
$625 .00
K 8770 Kit Verllon $499.oo K 8775 24V Fully Bulll $625.oo
6774
50MHz Logic
Palm Grip Tools
'Probe with Diagonal Cutter T 2100 $9 .e5
Logic Pulser Flat Nose Pller T 2110 $9.95
Needle Nose Pller T 2120 $9.95
Curved Needle Nose Pller T 2130 $9.95
Buv The Set For $3O.oo
HUFfRY THIS MONTH ONL YI
e , Personal
nal Generator
Hobby Pack Heatshrink
lncludeo: (I nternal Diameter)
1.6mm. 2.4mm , 4.8mm . 6.4mm. 12.7mm , 19mm .
w
0567 $4.95
Now you can have a lull !unction audio
1lgnal generator for IHI than $1001
This pocket sized oscillator has all the
features of a large bench oscillator. 46 preset
switched frequencies ranged from 20Hz to
150kHz. eg. 1kHz, 1.2kHz, 1.SkHz, 1.8kHz,
2kHz, 2kHz etc. Smaller than most
multimeters, this is iaeal for te chnicians ,
servicemen, students and hobbyists who
require an accurate and reliable oscillator
ready to use et ,'lywhere.
$99.oo
a 1542
BONUS/
With Free C•rry C•H Th/1 M on th
( Wo rth $1 2.50)
An absolute necessity for radio
servicing. With provision for both
internal and external modulation
Frequency Range l00kHz-150 MHz
in 6 ranges
amo$2~.oo
Thi• Month
$249.oo
8 Ohm
Economy
Weatherproof
Horn Speakers
A 1uperb 01Cllloocope for technician, 1nd engineer,
wortdng on projec:11 where olhor ln1trurnenll would be
1trotchld beyond their cap1bllltle1.
Where precise measurements of computers. CD' s, digital
videos, RF applications, high speed digital .and other high
speed equipment is a must.
With FHIUrtl Like:
• Delayed sweep for partial waveform expansion. •
Channel 1 signal output for use with a frequency counter
• CH2 polarity inversion switch • Vertical deflection
magnification, XS • Switchable chopping frequency •
Scale illuminating system• B Intensity control for bright,
magnified waveforms • Variable hold-off for observation
of waveforms with complex periods • Single sweep mode
for one time or other suddenly occuring events • Sweep
magnfication , X10 • Signal delay line for accurate view of
high frequency pulse leading edge• Trigger preset
function .
Disk Cleaners
Rack Case
Clearance 9 I.IP
Now-a-<lay·s
computer
hardware and
software doesn' t
Aluminium Con1trucllon
come cheap,
s9 ~
and is often
difficult to
replace . So
protect your
valued
10
H 0400 3 Unit Black Economy Case
investments with
our 5'/.'' floppy
disc cleaners.
D 1807 3½" Kit
D 1809 5'!.'' Kit
C 2025 15 Watt ~ 5 0
Thi• Month Only
400/o
Sorry not ava//able
from A/Ironic
DHlert al lhe11
H 0404 1 Unit Case Grey F/Panel
H 0405 2 Unit Case Grey F/ Panel
price,
H 0408 3 Unit Case Grey F/ Panel
$5.95
$35.oo
Rack Shelf
SM Telephone
Extension
Leads
TO3 Heatsinks
SPECIAL THIS IIIONTH OHL Y
40 ,,,,.
,,,,.
10-99 , 30 ...
(Non Austa l Approved )
P 0991
$5.oo
100 up
\I'\
49(99
1-9,..,
,..,
.2oe
i'"'
p.1"9
Plasma Lamp
Display
This sturdy 3 unit high rack shelf is designed to accommodate a vast range of
equipment which does not have rack mounting capability. Fantastic for videos,
tuners, CD players, amps , tape decks and anything else that is under 3 unit high
and 300mm deep. It even has an adjustable bracket which stops the appliance
moving backwards. Supplied in flatpac k form - easily assembled in minutes.
Hardware supplied .
H 5359
$49 .95
Super Guard Household Alarm
System
Super Guard 11 a
comprehensive low
coat alarm 1y1tem.
Simple to ln1tall and
operate, thl1 1yatem
11 great for home or
,mall olllc~.
Three sets of
door/ window reed
relay proximity
21st Century Entertainment
Fascinate Your Frlendal
Amazing! Pulsating high voltage plasma
discharge continually changes shape and
direc tion . Mode selectable to either fingertip
control or sound acti vated . For example, from
vo ice o r so und system . Provides endless
fas cination as it sizzles and arcs.
Supplied comp lete with AC mains adaptor.
switches are
supplied . Add itional
switches can be
installed as desired .
These switches can be connected to the
" Instant alarm " circuit (windows} or " Delayed
Alarm" circuit, eg front or rear door thus
enabling you to disarm the system when reentering the house.
$.:l-91roo
A 0120 Normally
Save $100 Up 1111 now olmll■r lamp• have 10/d
for $1000 and morel/
Ideal for the Shed or Geroge
$99.oo
$30.oo
VIFA 2 Way 100 Watt Weatherproof High Performance 2 Way Flush
Mounting Full Range SOW Speaker
Speaker
Thl l Month Only
Redford and Scan Audio have
combined resources to develop this
high pertormance weatherproof
speaker system . The heart of the
system is the now famous 5" VI FA
Woofer/ Midrange , computer
optimised for use in a 5 litre Bass
reflex cabinet. The classic VIFA
19mm ferro fluid Dome Tweter is
incorporated with the crossover
network as employed with the SA-50
bookshelf system . The system is
fitted with a unique overdrive
protection device enabling amplifier
0
c~~b%~:~~i~~~~~
~n1'~~g; u-fh~
internationally acclaimed VIFA
drivers with the rugged Rldlord
extruded aluminium enclosure give
C 0970 Black C 0972 White
Normally $J,89'."so M
Thl1 Month
$31 0
.00 PR
an overall performance and
appearance that is superior to any
competitive weatherproof speaker on
the Australian market.
Each 1peaker 11 auppflld complete
with mounting bracket,.
System
A Crazy
" Highly '8Commanded. I found II dlff/cu/1 to pick th•
difference balwHn the A/Ironic• C 0880, the Amar/can
Sonance and Booton Acouollc Sy1lem1, both cool/ng
eround $600 • pair"
- John.N8f1UI leading WA Audiophile
Building that extension? What great
speakers to install. Designed to install
into ceilings or walls this slim profile
attractive speaker system / grille assembl y
will compliment any sound system .
Once installed the finished unit blends
beautifully into any decor. (Th e grille
assembly can be painted over in the
same finish as walls or ceillngs if
required) .
Installation is simplified by the use of a
mounting frame (which could be installed
during construction) which the speaker
assembly attaches to. Full mounting kit
(even screws) supplied .
C0880
$J,2S".oo ..
Thll Monlh'I Speclal
$99 .00 ..
Quad 'DI' Box
for Stage And
Studio SN E.A. June '91
DC-DC
Converter For
Car Amplifiers
Simple 12 or
24V Light
Chaser
See S.C. Dec '90
II!, •
\1. •
\! . =. jr .
=. I
ALTftOMCI k 1111
M10UT
IN20UT
••our
IHIOUT
r
~G ~6Jl6 Ol6 1
This simple unit will replace four
separate direc t injection (DI) boxes.
but at a fraction of their total cost. It
offers excellent performance, and is
ideal for connecting a bank of
electron ic musical instruments to a
standard mixing desk .
K5555 $79 .95
Fast Charger
For Nicad
Batteries
'90
This DC-DC converter will allow you
to use a hifi power audio amplifier in
your car to provide good qi..;ality
sound . It provides split supply rails
which c an be adjusted to suit your
amplifier.
K4100 $139 .50
Inverters for
Fluorescent
See S.C. Aprtl
Delivers a hefty 1.5A at O to 50V.
This dual tracking power supply is a
must for your workbench. The two
rails track each other exactly on any
voltage. Precise voltage is obtained
with the multi-turn rotary control. It
also has a clear display and meter
movement, a dropout indicator and
load ON/OFF switch . Housed in a
medium sized instrument case with a
silver anodised pre-punched and
screened front panel.
Looking for a simple circuit to sink
your teeth into? Th is 12V light
chaser has four separate channels,
variable chase rate, fuse protection
and uses just two ICs. There are four
channels and each channel can
handle up to 36W.
K5810 $39 .95
K3380 $229 .00
FM Radio
Microphone
Transistor
Tester
~.............
'91
See S.C. Jan/Feb
This Nicad Fast Cha rger is designed
to operate from a 12V car batter y. It
can charge nicad battery packs from
6-12V at currents up to 6A , o r you
c an w i re the c ircuit t o charg e batt ery
- packs up to 30V at reduced current.
K166o$129.oo
These DC-AC inverters , are suitable
for fluorescent lights rated up to 16
and 40 watts. Fantastic for camping ,
back yard sheds etc.
K6350 16W Version $35 .95
K63&o4OW Version $43.95
This simple Beta Tester will test and
measure the gain of most bipolar
transistors . You simply connect the
transistor, press the button, rotate
the knob until the LED lights. and
read the gain from the calibrated dia l
scale .
Two Channel Pro Power Amp
90 Watts Per Channel
This stereo amp Is Ideal for background/foreground
appllcatlons. Fantastic for restaurants, shops, disco's,
aerobics, PA sound systems and home.
K
2534 $25
.00
This simple FM Microphone Kit can
be built in next to no time and only
requires an ordinary FM radio for
reception . • Works in the standard
88-108MHz FM range• Runs from a
single 9V battery• High sensitivity
microphone supplied • Long range
transmission (up to approx 30m).
K1106$11.so
Gell Cell Charger
1 ~o
9020 $~$·
1= Q
Charging current 300mA
M
at 12V. Great for any Gell Cell.
Thll Month
AM/FM PLL Tuner
This fantastic tuner Is the Ideal add-on to any sound
system. Can be used as background of music In
restaurants, shops etc or any PA appllcatlon. Also a great
upgrade for the horn HI-FI.
• 90 watts RM S per c hannel minimum in to 8 Ohms from 20 to 20.000Hz w ith
less than 0.05% THO • 2 large power meter indicators• EIA panel with handle
device • XLR socket for speaker terminal • Output relay to eliminate turn-on
and off transients • Dimens ions: (W x H x D) 48 2 x 92 x 295mm • We ight :
10.5kgs •
su ited to
2210 stereo tuner.
1:e!l
A 2040
$~.oo
A
INTRODUCTORY OFFER
$599
4tlftOnlC.)
D frequen cy readout display • FET FM front end for hig image
rejection •Phase- linear ceramic filters are incorporated in both AM and FM IF
section • 20 station memory • Phase-lock loor '. PLL) IC for FM multiple x stage
• Dimensions: (W x H x D ) 435 x 60 x 232m• • Weight: 3kgs.
A 2210
$~.oo
INTRODUCTORY OFFER
$199
174 Roe St . PERTH WA 6000 Phone (09) 328 2199
PHONE ORDER TOLL FREE 008 999 007
MAIL ORDER C/ - P.O. Bo x 8350 Perth St irl ing St . W.A. 6849
HEAVY HEAVY SERVIC!: - Al l orders of 10Kgs or more must travel Express Ro ad Please allow 7 da,s for delivery. $12 .00 to 10Kgs. $15 .00 over 10Kgs.
INSURANCE - As with virtually every other Australian supplier, we send goods at
consignees risk. Should you require comprehensive insurance cover against loss or
damage please add $1 .00 per $100 of order va lue (minimum charge $1 ). When phone
ordering please request " Insurance "
TOLL FREE PHONE OICDER - Bankcard, Visa, Mastercard Holders can phone order
toll free up to 6pm Eastern Standard Time . Remember with our Overnight JetNrvtce we
deliver next day.
STANDARD DELIVERY & PACKING CHARGE $5 .50 to 1 Kg, $8 1 Kg-5Kg.
AUSTRALIA WIDE - Via . Australia Post allow appro x 7 days for delivery .
OVERNIGHT JETSERVICE Up to 3Kg is $10.00, 3Kg to 5Kg is $28 .00. Overnight
Jetaervtce Courier to.- delivery ne xt day Country areas please allow additional 24-48
hours .
AL TRONICS RESELLERS- Ch_ances are there is an Altronic Reseller right
near you - check this list or phone us for details of the nearest dealer.
Blue Ribbon DHtera are h1ghli9hted with a ■ These dealers generally carry a
comprehensive range of Altronic products and kits or we'll order any required item
for you .
# 4111',-,I
I
A'
~
I
I AT . . . . . .
WA COUNTRY Al.SANY BP El ectronics ■ (098) 412681 Micro Electronics (098) 412077 BUNBURY Micro Electronics (097) 216222 ESPERANCE Esperance Communications
(090) 713344 KALGOORLIE Todays Electronics ■ (090) 215212 MANDURAH Micro Electronics (09) 5812206 PORT HEDLAND Ivan Tomek Electronics (091) 732531
ROCKINGHAM TV Joe·s (09 ) 5271806 NT ALICE SPRINGS Farmer Electronics (089) 522388 DARWIN Ventronics (089) 853 622 VIC All Electronic Components (03) 6623506
The Electronic Component Shop ■ (03) 6706474 BORONIA Ray Cross Electronics ■ (03) 7622422 CHELTENHAM Talking Electronics (03) 5842386 CROYDON Truscott
Electronics ■ (03) 7233860 PRESTON Preston Electronics ■ (03) 4840191 COUNTRY BAIRNSDALE LH & LM Crawford (051) 525677 BALLAR AT Balla rat Electronics (053)
311947 BENDIGO KC Johnson ■ (054) 411411 MILDURA McWilliam Electronics (050) 236410 OLD Delsound PL ■ (07) 8396155 NEWSTEAD ECQ Electronics (07) 2541153
WEST END B.A.S. Audiotronics (07) 844756/l WOODRIDGE David Hall Electronics ■ (07) 8082777 MAROOCHYDORE MALS Electronics ■ (074) 436119 MARYBOROUOH
Keller Electronics (071) 2-.4559 Pt ALBA Keller Electronics (071) 283749 ROCKHAMPTON Access Electronics (East St .) (079) 221058 TOWNSVILLE Super Solex ■ (077) 724466
SA Force Electroni c s ■ (08 ) 2125505 BRIGHTON Force Electronics ■ (08) 3770512 CHRISTI ES BEACH Force Electronics ■ (08) 3823366 ENFIELD Force Electronics ■ (08)
3496340 FIND ON Force Electronics ■ (08) 3471188 HOLDEN HILL Force Electronics ■ (Gd) 2617088 LONSDALE Force Electronics ■ (08) 3260901 COUNTRY WHY ALLA Eyre
Electronics (086; 454764 TAS HOBAPT George Harvey ■ (002) 342233 LAUNCESTON George Harvey ■ (003) 316533 NSW David Reid Electronics ■ (02) 2671385 SOUTH
Sheridan Electronics (02) 281 77 27 SMITHFIELD Chantronics (02) 6044595 COUNTRY COFFS HARBOUR Coifs Habour Electronics (066) 525684 NEWCASTLE Novocastrian
Elect.Supplies (049) 621358 WARNERS BAY Vilec Distributors (049) 489406 WINDSOR M & E Elect . and Communications (045) 775935 WOLLONGONG New1ek Electronics ■
(042) 271620 .
REMOTE CONTROL
BY BOB YOUNG
Large servo amplifiers for
model yachts & machinery
This month, we will move on to some special
applications of large servo amplifier
technology. These are used for the remote
control of machinery and heavy vehicles,
although their principles of operation are
similar to those used in model aircraft.
Many areas of model R/C require
mechanical outputs which are quite
different from the normal servo which
delivers a rotary output restricted to
approximately 100 degrees of movement and 1-3kg of thrust. These outputs include large servos for quarter
scale aircraft (or bigger), robotic puppets and sail winches, plus speed con-
trols for electric propulsion and remote switches.
In one special case, where I radiocontrolled a full size Volkswagen 1600
TLE, I used servos which delivered
30kg of thrust. Thrust in this case is
defined as the actual force measured
on a spring balance from the output
arm used (I find this a little more
Fig.1: this servo is designed specifically to serve as a winch for model yachts &
features a multi-turn output for hauling in the sheets.
descriptive than the usual kg/cm). The
servo motors in this last case were
Valiant windscreen wiper motors
which had to be forced cooled from a
separate blower. As Hages would say,
"now that's a servo".
It was in the Volkswagen job that I
discovered the problems ofunderpowered servos in which compensation is
made by recourse to lower gear ratios.
The result is a servo of adequate thrust,
but uncomfortably long transit times.
In a vehicle designed to travel at speed,
long transit times on the steering and
brakes make for some hair-raising experiences.
I remember having a chuckle when
the Apollo astronauts complained
about the difficulties they had in steering their moon buggy. They had a
seven second transit time on the steering from memory, on a vehicle designed for about 10km/h top speed.
The script on the Volkswagen commercial called for a top speed of
80km/h so that it could overtake the
· camera car and pull away into the
distance. Because of the tight time
allowed for the job , I found to my
horror that I had to use a gearbox
which resulted in a 4-second transit
time on both the brakes and steering.
The difficulties in steering at · this
speed were indescribable.
On one occasion, I cut in too early
on the camera car after overtaking it
and the driver braked too heavily. As
a result I fell off my seat, dropped the
transmitter and had to go looking for
it. It the meantime, the Volkswagen,
given its freedom, had taken off across
the nearest paddock, dragging a barbed
wire fence behind it. Volkswagen had
that car back on the road the next
morning, comp lete with a new set of
AUGUST 1991
33
sistors. If these are poorly selected, it
can result in downgraded servo power
because some of the power is lost as
heat.
The photo of Fig.2 shows what is
essentially the same servo, this time
fitted with a double drum output. This
is very useful in model yachts, as
usually there are two sails which require trimming: the jib (or little sail
close to the pointy end) and the mainsail (or large sail at the blunt end).
One usually tries to sail the yacht
with the pointy end heading more or
less into wind. The degree to which
the yacht can point into wind is a
measure of its overall efficiency. To
achieve this requires good winches of
great power and accuracy.
Circuit description
Fig.2: this servo is basically the same as the one shown in Fig.1 but features a
double drum output. This is very useful in model yachts, as usually there are
two sails which require trimming: the jib and the mainsail.
passenger side body panels, and the
commercial went to air in due course.
Such are the joys of commercial TV
work.
Winch servos
The photo of Fig.1 shows a special
type of servo designed specifically as
a winch for model yachts. Note the
unusually large size of this servo,
which is not under weight restraint to
the same degree as an aircraft servo.
The main criteria for this type of winch
is output power and multiple turns
on the output drum.
The multiple turn output is required
because the drum is used to haul in
the sheets (sheets being the ropes,
just to confuse non-yachties). The
number of turns is usually about 8-12,
depending upon the yacht size and
servo power.
As a matter of interest, we used to
test our winches by lifting a bucket
off the ground. If the winch passed
the bucket test, we felt it was OK. No
big deal did I hear you say? Perhaps I
should have mentioned that the
bucket contained two house bricks,
each weighing 4kg. This was the thrust
necessary for an "A" class yacht working in heavy weather.
There are also some very large
servos designed for large model aircraft and these may be readily converted into a "BAR" type winch. By
using a large output arm , the amount
34
SILICON CHIP
of throw is sufficient to provide the
necessary travel to position the sails
in the correct location. This overcomes
the problem of the sheets becoming
tangled or slipping off the drum.
Another consideration in setting up
a winch is the transit time or time
taken to haul in the full length of the
sheet under heavy conditions. There
is little point in using the drum as the
major source of the mechanical advantage by the simple expedient of
using a smaller diameter drum, because this only increases the time required to complete the increased
number of revolutions. The speed of
manoeuvring when rounding a buoy
is dependent upon the speed with
which the sails can be retrimmed and
long transit times can be costly in
terms of race times.
Thus, we soon arrive at the conclusion that servo power is the all important factor in winch design and servo
power begins with motor size, particularly armature diameter and winding resistance. In fact , the motor more
or less dictates the servo size and the
servo is thus designed around the
servo motor.
The servo illustrated in Fig.1 uses a
5-ohm 26mm motor and provides
plenty of grunt when fitted with an
amplifier capable of delivering the
required amount of current. Another
important consideration here is the
voltage drop across the output tran-
The diagram ofFig.3 shows the circuit of a typical winch amplifier, based
on the popular NE544 servo amplifier
IC. This is fitted in turn with a power
amplifier to provide the current required by a 5-ohm motor. The NE544
can drive a small motor direct provided it draws less than 300mA but
anything over this requires additional
amplification.
In the amplifier shown in Fig.3,
VRl is a 5kQ feedback pot which is
mechanically coupled to the output
shaft of the final gear on the servo
drive chain. R14 & R15 provide travel
adjustment and wiper centring. This
mechanical coupling can be in the
form of a reduction gear set to provide
the required number of turns on the
output drum. Fine adjustment of the
number of turns can then be obtained
electronically by varying the values
ofR14 & R15.
A similar result can be obtained by
adjusting Rl 0. However, this will also
shift the neutral point and there is no
easy way to readjust the neutral, although R14 & R15 can be used to
some effect for this purpose.
Input capacitor C7 provides DC isolation and C8 is the pulse stretcher.
Be sure that only a good quality barrier ceramic is used for C8. Do not use
TAG tantalum capacitors in this location. C4, C5 & C6 are all critical to
temperature and therefore use only
TAG tantalum capacitors here. Do not
use low voltage ceramics.
Transistors Q1-Q6 form a bridge
driver amplifier for the IC output.
Note that a separate battery may be
used to power this amplifier if re-
RX, MOTORV+
04
11
2TX753
10
C9
0.1
12
MOTOR
C7
1
IN~_ 4
IC1
NE544
Cl
.022
R4
150k
14
R2
1M
5
3
03
2TX653
R15
W 2.2k
owo
R12
150k
MOTORV-
Sk
R10
C5
.022
CB
0.22
VR1
C6
.022
R14
22k
W2.2k
W :WINCH
OW : DOUBLE WINCH
owo
Rxv~
Fig.3: this diagram shows a typical winch circuit, based on the popular NE544
servo amplifier IC. In this circuit, IC1 drives a bridge amplifier circuit (Q1-Q6)
to increase the current drive to the motor. The NE544 can also drive a small
motor direct, provided it draws less than 300mA.
quired. This is a good idea for, in
many cases, sheets can tangle, stall
the motor and thus flatten the battery.
If the receiver is running from this
battery, then control is lost and a long
swim is called for.
As an additional safety feature, a
fuse may be installed in this secondary battery to protect the power amplifier and servo motor. These things
sometimes take a long time to repair
and can end up being quite expensive. There is also an element of flexibility added to the design as a result
of using a separate battery, as the drive
voltage to the motor can be increased
without the need for voltage regulation on the servo amplifier.
Feedback resistor R2 provides the
damping required to prevent overshoot and oscillation around neutral
and is a critical adjustment. Too much
damping and the servo shuts down
too early. Also, the neutral is broadened and thus the servo is less accurate. The worst case here is that the
servo comes to rest before neutral and
leaves a residual current which may
be just below the motor start current.
This can be quite high in some motors and overheating of the output
transistors can occur. Conversely, too
little damping and the servo overshoots and oscillates before corning
to rest, again increasing current consumption and heating the transistors
and motor. In the worst case, the servo
never comes to rest and continues to
oscillate, which will quickly destroy
the output transistors and motor.
The ideal situation is called "deE).d
beat" and is difficult to obtain. The
------------------V+
11
CS
IN~l_ 4
01
BC327
U:1
N~S44
14
C4
0.1
C2
R3
150k
VR1
Cl
0.1
Rl
18k
0.1
CJ
0.1
C6
0.22
,.
Fig.4: this simple circuit can be used to drive a relay for those odd jobs that
require a "momentary on" contact but can also easily be modified for press-on
press-off operation.
most accurate situation is to allow the
servo in its unloaded condition to
overshoot once and then return to
rest. When the servo is loaded mechanically, this arrangement will perform very close to dead beat.
C9 is a suppression capacitor, to
eliminate motor noise. Sometimes a
resistor four to five times the motor
resistance is used in parallel with the
motor as well. The motor noise can be
quite troublesome and difficult to get
rid of with some brands of motor. In
this case, use a capacitor from each
brush terminal to the motor case.
Do not ground the case for sometimes the armature winding can short
out to the case and then bang goes the
servo amplifier.
As a last resort, RF chokes may be
fitted in series with each motor lead
but make sure they can carry the starting current of the motor.
Fig 4 shows the circuit of a simple
switch used to drive a relay for those
odd jobs around the model which call
for "momentary on" contact. Horns,
whistles, dropping bombs and waving pilots all call for this type of circuit. By replacing RLl with a latching
relay, a "press-on press-off" output
can easily be obtained. And although
I hav~ never tried it, I see no reason
why RLl cannot be replaced with a
bipolar relay and driven directly from
the NE544 bridge, giving a true toggle
switch output.
Once again the old faithful NE544
is called into service. Note that there
is no requirement for a gear driven
feedback pot here and so VRl is now
a standard trimpot.
SC
A UGUST 1991
35
CIRCUIT NOTEBOOK
Interesting circuit ideas which we have checked but not built and tested. Contributions from
readers are welcome and will be paid for at standard rates.
MSB
DISPLAY 1
d1
04
74C926
B
vcc
C D
D 1
DISPLAY 2
OS
1k
.,.
.,.
07
BASE
:,::-~~-DP4
PINS
OISPLAY4
09
COLLECTOR
DISPLAY 3
PINS 3,8
DISPLAY 3
06
2.2k
.,.
Leading zero suppression
for the capacitance meter
This circuit blanks out all the leading zeros of the display used in the 4Digit Capacitance Meter (SILICON CHIP,
May 1990). It uses three identical
latches, one each for displays one,
two and three. It is inserted between
the A, Band C outputs of the 74C926
and the digit driver transistors, Q4 ,
Q5 and Q6.
Consider control of the latch formed
by NOR gates IC4c & IC4d. The latch
is set when we have segment "d" high
and segment "g" low during the drive
period for display 1 (ie, the unique
36
SILICO N CHIP
condition occurring when a "O" would
be displayed). Conversely, the latch is
reset when this is not true. The other
two latches (ie, IC6c, IC6d and IC8c,
IC8d) are controlled in the same manner.
Furthermore, consider the case
where no decimal points are required
and the 74C926 is not being clocked.
Latch outputs Ql, QZ & Q3 will all be
set high as all zeros would normally
be displayed. With Ql-bar low, there
is no overflow, so display 1 will blank
out. With Ql high , blanking of display 2 is enabled. As QZ-bar is high
and DP2 is not required, pin 6 ofIC3b
goes high and so display 2 blanks out.
With pin 6 of IC3b high, display 3
blanking is enabled, via IC5c, as latch
output Q3 is high. So all three leading
digits are blanked when they would
normally be showing zeros.
The circuit also caters for the situation where an over-range condition
occurs and leading zeros would be
displayed. In this case, the zeros are
blanked but display 1 flashes alternately with the over-range LED because the over-range signal is gated
through by XOR gate IC7a.
Also, the fourth decimal point (DP4)
was added, driven via IC7b and IC7c.
G. Freeman,
Nairne, SA. ($40)
, - - - - . . - - - - - . . . . . __
__,._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _....,._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ +12VREG
82k
SCHMITT TRIGGER SWITCH
!MEMORY FLIP-FLOP)
82k
39k.
LED1
OVER 12-MIN
SHUT DOWN
PUMP ON +7 .4V
PUMP OFF +4V
+12V REG
)-
1k·
A
24ilVAC
N
39k
2200
+
1N914
TIMER
16VW+
.,.
A
22k
.,.
LOW LEVEL
SWITCH/BUFFER
348-431 IRS)
2.5A ZERO
CROSSING
SWITCH
CO
OOITJ
Automatic controller
for sullage pumps
This automatic pump controller is
based on an LM324 quad op amp IC.
Three aluminium rods (not anodised aluminium) are lowered into
the holding tank. One rests on the
base and the other two are set at the
desired upper and lower levels for the
water.
ICla and IClb are wired as comparators and these control Schmitt trigger stage IClc via diodes D1 and D2.
Normally, pin 8 of IClc is low and
+ -
A
A
VIEWED FROM BELOW
the pump is off. When the water rises
and contacts the HI probe, pin 3 of
ICla is pulled low and so its pin 1
output also goes low.
This low pulls pin 9 of IClc low.
Thus, pin 8 ofIClc switches high and
turns on the pump via the zero crossing switch. The pump now remains
on until the water clears the LO probe.
At this point, pin 5 of IClb goes high
and so its output at pin 7 pulls pin 9
ofIClc high via D2. Pin 8 ofIClc thus
switches low again and the pump
turns off.
Comparator stage ICld automati-
Low distortion sinewave oscillator
If you need to hook up a low-distortion sinewave oscillator
in a hurry, then this circuit is about as simple as you can get.
The design is al.variation of the sinewave generator proj ect
featured in the 1rebruary 1991 issue of SILICON CHIP.
The circuit is ,a Wien bridge style with the two .0022µF
capacitors and the 68kQ resistors setting the frequency to the
formula F = 1/21tRC.
The l00kQ and 47kQ resistors, and the two 10kQ resistors ,
set the overall gain to just above 3. This is just enough gain to
start oscillation. Diodes D1 and D2 , along with the 4. 7MQ
resistor, provide a small amount of gain control to the circuit,
to stabilise the amplitude at the output to about 2.5 volts
peak-to-peak.
Using a TL071 , the distortion was measured at 0.1 %, but
with more filtering it can quite easily be lowered further.
Darren Yates,
SILICON CHIP.
A
.. . .
HI
cally shuts the pump off if a preset
time limit (about nine minutes) is exceeded, as set by the 1MQ and 470kQ
resistors and the 2,200µF capacitor.
The zero crossing switch is available from Radiospares Components,
Cat. 348-431.
The circuit could also easily be
adapted to provide automatic replenishment of a water tank. This simply
involves reversing the inputs to ICla
& IClb, and reversing diodes D1 & D2
at the comparator outputs.
Glen Host,
Doubleview, WA. ($40)
68k
.0022
+12V
1kHz
2.5VP-P
0022
68k
10k
100j
02
The circuit is based on a TL071 op amp (ICl) & is
wired in Wien bridge configuration. It delivers
about 2.5V p-p of signal with 0. 1 % distortion.
AUGUST
1991
37
----=•
Voice Recorder
Enter the world of digitized speech with this
low-cost PC Voice Recorder. It can record
messages up to 20 seconds long, store them on
hard or floppy disc, and then replay them
when you wish.
By DARREN YATES
If you stop flying your F19 stealth
fighter and think about it for a minute,
the computer (any computer, not just
a PC!) is the most useful gadget ever
to fall into the lap of the electronics
enthusiast.
Not only can you store your latest
project on CAD, including the PC
board, but you can also write it up
and even design it on the computer
using one of the various SPICE packages that are now available. And if
you get stuck at some point, you can
go flying your Spitfire and shoot down
some ME-109s (that's known as executive stress management!).
The problem is, most of these packages (except for the games) cost an
arm and leg and are out of reach for
most hobbyists.
If you look in many of the electron-
a
AID
MIC
CONVERTER
AMPLIFIER
ics and computing magazines, the latest trend is towards talking objects;
things like talking voltmeters and talking clocks. There's even a new IC that's
just been released in the US to which
you connect a microphone, a battery
and a loudspeaker, and it will record
and replay 20 seconds of speech!
Not to be left behind in the race,
we've come up with this low-cost PC
Voice Recorder system. But unlike
most other voice synthesiser projects,
this design doesn't use any hard-toget bits. In fact, you will probably
already have most of the components
lying in your spare parts bin.
Basically, the project comes in two
parts: (1) a PC board assembly; and (2)
a floppy disc with software (see panel).
The PC board assembly provides the
interface between the speech and your
COMPUTER
DIA
CONVERTER
AMPLIFIER
Fig.1: block diagram of the PC Voice Recorder. The incoming speech signal is
picked up by a microphone, amplified, turned into digital data by an analog-todigital converter (ADC), and stored in the computer. Retrieving the audio from
the computer is just the reverse process. The digital data from the computer is
simply turned back into an analog signal by a digital-to-analog converter (DAC),
amplified and fed into the loudspeaker.
38
SILICON CHIP
computer. It takes in speech, turns it
into digital data which the computer
can use, and then later accepts that
digital data and turns it into speech
again.
The software is used to control this
process. It stores the data on either a
hard or floppy disc, retrieves it when
asked, and then feeds the digital data
to the PC board so that it can be turned
back into speech again.
Block diagram
The basics of computer stored
speech are shown in the block diagram ofFig.l.
The incoming speech (audio) signal is first turned into an electronic
signal by the microphone and then
amplified. This signal is then turned
into digital data by an analog-to-digital converter (ADC) and the data fed
into the computer.
The computer, under the control of
the software, can then process these
signals (known as Digital Signal
Processing or DSP) and store them for
later retrieval.
Retrieving the audio from the computer is just the reverse process. The
digital data from the computer is simply turned back into an analog signal
by a digital-to-analog converter (DAC),
amplified and finally fed into the loudspeaker for all to hear.
Computer limitations
Mind you, as versatile and useful
as an XT or even an AT is, there are
some very real practical limits that
have to be considered before we can
come up with a workable system.
Most of these limits revolve around
the PC itself. First, we have to con-
All the parts except for the loudspeaker & the volume control pot are mounted
on a small PC board. The unit plugs into the parallel printer port of the
computer via a DB-25 connector.
sider how we are going to get the data
into the computer.
Without worrying about expansion
sockets and whatever, virtually all PCs
come with a parallel printer socket
and a serial communications socket.
These sockets , at the back of the computer, provide easy access to these
ports without the need for internal
hardware modifications. We arbitrarily decided on the printer port.
Next, we have to consider how the
computer is goi:p.g to process and store
the data we feed in.
To keep the whole project as simple
yet as practical as possible, we limited it to using GWBASIC, which everyone has via MS-DOS. This allows everyone to use this project, whether you
have a 256Kb XT built out of spare
bits or a 16Mb 486 machine going
slightly slower than daylight.
GWBASIC though is pretty slow and
just isn't fast enough on its own to do
the job, so we used assembly language for all the really fast bits such
as receiving and transmitting data.
Storing the data is actually quite easy
and is quick - even using GWBASIC.
It's simply saved as a binary file on
either hard or floppy disc.
The next can of worms we have to
open is how to turn the analog signal
into a digital signal and back again.
If you're a bit sketchy on how analog-digital-analog conversion works ,
then take a look at the article on this
subject in next month's issue of SILICON CHIP.
The powers-that-be limited
GWBASIC to 64Kb of memory, which
leaves us with about 59Kb of free
memory by the time we get to use it.
However, to allow you to expand the
software to suit your own requirements, we've limited the data storage
for the speech to 32Kb bytes.
And that's where we strike problems. If we use standard AID techniques, an 8-bit converter will soon
chew up the limited memory we have
to play with.
Even if we limit the frequency response to 3kHz, we would have to
sample the audio at an 8kHz rate at
least to overcome aliasing problems.
Briefly, aliasing is the effect heard
when the audio mixes with the sampling frequency to produce audible
"errors" in the signal.
But sampling at 8kHz gives us just
32/8 = 4 seconds of storage - and
that's nowhere near enough!
Not only that, but the parallel
printer socket doesn't have an 8-bit
input port anyway!
Delta-sigma modulation
The alternative sampling method
used here is not widely known and is
called Delta-Sigma Modulation or
DSM. The name comes from the Greek
letters "Delta" (the symbol used for
the mathematical process called differentiation) and "Sigma" (the symbol used to denote integration).
The advantage of this system is that
it only has a 1-bit output stream, yet it
contains enough information to reproduce speech.
Fig.2 shows the circuit of an ADC
based on a simple differentiator. It
consists of an op amp, a resistor and a
capacitor. Let's see how it works.
If we assume the circuit has just
been switched on, then there will be
1·BIT
OUTPUT
R
Fig.2: basic op amp differentiator
circuit. This circuit is used for
analog to digital conversion in
the PC Voice Recorder.
Fig.3: this integrator (or low-pass
filter) circuit is used for the
reverse digital to analog to digital
conversion.
AUGUST 1991
39
~
0
+12V
~
I 47j
n
0
I
z
I
10k
f
1001<
0.1
56k
n:r:
PIN 1
-,:;
' '1
.0047!
.0047!
150k
I
I
.0047!
I
I
4.7k
1
.,,:
I
100k
sovw:r-
I
I
I
I
I
I
.0471
, --
INPUT SECTION
1 .,,:
10k
50VW!
.,.
-
/
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PARALLEL PRINTER PORT -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
•
+12V
-
-
-
J
-
. - - - - - - - - - - - - +12V
I
I
I
I
I
I
PIN 140
I
-vu
H, •
)
I
! ,.,.. l ~
22k~
.001
"i#tnw
I
.0047!
...
47k
39k
7
1(".4h
PIN22+
I sv+·
I
10 .I:
16VW+
l10v
.0047+
18k
8
VOLUME~ ~~
10kVRl
LOG ~ · · .
10 ~
16VW+
10 ~
.,.
'
'
---
"( (
.,.
OUTPUT SECTION
16VW!
VM
03
BC558
.0047!
100k
10k
'
D1
1N4004
+V1N O
{ ~· }
•
1our
,~,
•
+12v
1
B
12VDC
PLUG-PACK
+
0,1J
-:-
PC VOICE RECORDER
'"~\
GND
EOc
VIEWED FROM
BELOW
.,.
.,,:
sovwI~
1son
Fig.4 (left): the complete circuit
diagram for the PC Voice Recorder.
The signals picked up by the
microphone are amplified by ICl &
fed to a 6th order low-pass
Butterworth filter (IClb, IClc & ICld).
This filter stage then drives an analogto-digital converter based on IC2,
IC3a, IC3b & Ql. On playback, the
data from the computer is fed to an
integrator, amplified & filtered by
IC4a-d, & then fed to audio amplifier
stage Q2-Q5.
no voltage across the capacitor. If we
now apply an analog voltage to the
non-inverting input, it will be higher
than the inverting input and so the
output of the op amp goes high (ie,
the op amp behaves as a comparator).
This high then charges capacitor C
via resistor R, with a time constant of
RC.
This continues until the voltage
across the capacitor is higher than the
incoming voltage, at which point the
output of the op amp goes low. This
now discharges the capacitor through
resistor R until the input voltage is
higher than that across the capacitor.
The output of the op amp then
switches high again and so the cycle
is repeated indefinitely.
You could also call this circuit a
slope detector, because it detects the
slope of the input voltage; ie, if the
input voltage is rising, the comparator output will be high. Conversely, if
the input voltage is falling, the output
will be low.
Notice we have not said anything
about exact voltage values. In fact,
there is enough information contained
in this single bit output for us to be
able to store it on disc (via the parallel
printer port), retrieve it, and convert
it bact'k into recognisable speech.
To turn the digital data back into
speech, we do the reverse mathematical process, which is known as integration. The basic circuit is shown in
Fig.3. If you think that it looks remarkably like a low-pass filter, you
are absolutely correct.
A lovy-pass filter works perfectly as
an integrator because the charging and
discharging action on the capacitor
replaces ~he slopes that were removed
in the original conversion. So this
simple low-pass filter is all we need
to perform digital to analog conversion. In fact, if you look back at the
ADC section (Fig.2), you'll see that
we had a similar low-pass filter in the
negative feedback loop of the comparator.
The circuit
Refer now to Fig.4 which shows the
complete circuit diagram of the PC
Voice Recorder. It can be split into
two sections: the input section which
converts the speech into the 1-bit data
stream; and the output section which
converts this bit stream back into
speech.
Starting at the input, the speech is
converted into electrical signals by an
electret microphone and then amplified approximately 34 times by noninverting amplifier ICla (which is part
of a TL074 quad op amp). ICla's output is then fed into a 6th order lowpass Butterworth filter with a 3dB
cutoff frequency of 3kHz (IClb, IClc
& ICld).
The idea here is to block the upper
frequencies which can cause aliasing
problems at the 18kHz clock frequency.
The 6th order low-pass filter actually consists of three cascaded 2nd
order stages formed by IClb, IClc &
ICld. The non-inverting inputs of
these stages are all biased to half supply (1/2Vcc) via a voltage divider consisting of two lOkQ resistors, which is
also used to bias ICla. With the exception of IClb, this bias voltage is
fed to each op amp via a lOOkQ resistor.
The output of the 6th order filter
appears at pin 14 ofICld and is fed to
pin 3 of op amp IC2, a TL071. This,
along with NAND gates IC3a and IC3b,
forms the delta ADC; ie, it behaves as
a differentiator. IC3a & IC3b form a
CMOS buffer which ensures that the
output of the ADC swings to both
ends of the supply rail.
Note that because of its tracking
nature, the delta ADC also oscillates
at about 18kHz. This 18kHz oscillation is later filtered out by a 6th order
filter section in the output stage.
The output of the converter appears
at pin 4 of IC3b and is fed to NPN
pull-down transistor Ql, which is connected to pin 1 of the parallel printer
port. This is the -STROBE Jine.
This simple transistor interface can
be used because those pins designated
as port C on the printer port have
4. 7kQ pull-up resistors. Thus, we can
input data without worrying about
PARTS LIST
1 PC board, code SC07107911,
132 x 82mm
1 floppy disc containing
PCVOICE software (see
panel)
1 0B25 male printer port plug
1 8Q mini loudspeaker
1 12V DC 300mA plugpack
1 electret microphone insert
1 10kn log potentiometer (VR1)
Semiconductors
2 TL074 quad op amps (IC1 ,IC4)
1 TL071 op amp (IC2)
1 4011 quad 2-input NANO gate
(IC3)
3 BC548 NPN transistors
(Q1,Q2,Q4)
2 BC558 PNP transistors
(Q3,Q5)
2 1N4004 rectifier diodes
(D1 ,D2)
Capacitors
2 100µF 25VW electrolytics
3 10µF 16VW electrolytics
5 1µF 50VW electrolytics
5 0.1 µF 63VW 5mm-pitch
polyester
1 .047µF 63VW 5mm-pitch
polyester
6 .0047µF 63VW 5mm-pitch
polyester
2 .0015µF 63VW 5mm-pitch
polyester
3 .001 µF 63VW 5mm-pitch
polyester
2 82pF 5mm-pitch ceramic
Resistors (5%, 0.25W)
1 270kn
1 18kQ
2 1S0kQ
4 1Skn
9 100kQ
4 10kQ
1 82kQ
1 5.6kQ
4 56kQ
1 4. 7kQ
1 47kn
1 1kQ
3 39kQ
2 150Q
2 27kQ
1 18Q
4 22kn
1 10n
Miscellaneous
Hookup wire, solder, zippy box
(optiorial), ribbon cable etc.
keeping to the "5V rule" of the port.
As mentioned earlier, the reverse
process is used to turn the digital data
back into speech. The output from the
computer is taken from pin 14 of the
printer port; ie, from the -AUTO FEED
AUGUST 1991
41
Fig.5: follow this wiring
diagram carefully when
installing the parts on the PC
board & take care with
component orientation. The
circuit diagram (Fig.4) shows
the pinout details for the
transistors & 3-terminal
regulators.
line. One of the normal data out lines
could have been used but this would
have necessitated switching the port
addresses.
The digital bitstream is then fed
into an 82kQ resistor and two 0.lµF
capacitors, which together form the
integrator. The signal is then amplified by a bandpass filter stage IC4a
which has a gain of 3.6 and a frequency response of 1Hz-3.3kHz, as
set by the associated l0µF and .00lµF
feedback capacitors.
The output from IC4a at pin 1 is
then fed into another 6th order lowpass Butterworth filter (IC4b-IC4d),
which is an exact copy of the circuit
used in the input stage. As before, the
filter is DC-coupled throughout and
the non-inverting inputs are all biased to 1/2Vcc. The output appears at
pin 14 of IC4d and is coupled to an
audio amplifier via a lµF capacitor
and volume control VRl.
Transistors Q2-Q5 form a fairly
standard class AB audio amplifier circuit. DC bias for Q2 is provided by the
150kQ and 270kQ resistors on its base,
while the 5.6kQ and lkQ feedback
resistors (at QZ's emitter) set the overall gain of the amplifier to 5.6. The
lµF capacitor rolls off the response
below 150Hz.
Q2 is wired as a common emitter
amplifier and also provides much of
the voltage gain. Its collector output
drives the base of Q3 which functions
as a driver stage for complementary
output pair Q4 & Q5. These transistors in turn provide the necessary current gain to drive the loudsp eaker.
Note that the bottom end of Q5's
300Q (2 x 150Q) base bias resistor has
been connected to the output rather
than to ground. Because Q5 functions
as an emitter follower, its voltage gain
is almost unity and so there is almost
no AC signal voltage across the two
150Q resistors. This means that very
little signal current flows in these two
The voice recorder
board is plugged
into the parallel
printer port of the
PC via a 3-wire
cable & a standard
DB-25 connector.
Try to keep the
cable length to less
than two metres.
42
SILICON CHIP
resistors and so the impedance of the
bias network appears to be much
higher than it really is.
This technique is known as "bootstrapping" and results in greater signal output with lower distortion.
D2 and its associated 18Q resistor
provide some forward bias to the output pair under no-signal conditions
to minimise crossover distortion. Finally, a Zobel network consisting of a
lOQ resistor and 0. lµF capacitor has
been connected across the output to
ensure amplifier stability.
Power for the circuit is derived from
a 12V DC plugpack supply. This delivers about 17V when lightly loaded
and is fed to a 7812 3-terminal regulator via reverse polarity protection diode Dl.
The resulting +12V rail from the
7812 is then used to power the various circuit stages.
Software
Once you have obtained your copy
of the software, you will need to load
your copy ofGWBASIC onto the disc. If
you have a hard disc, simply get into
your DOS directory and type:
COPY GWBASIC.EXE A:<enter>
When the file has been copied, type
A:<enter> to go back to your floppy
disc drive, then type GO<enter>.
This will automatically load in and
run PCVOICE. Once it is running, you
will see a menu on-screen asking you
to designate the drive in which you
wish to load and store your PCVOICE
files. You have the choice of either the
A, B or C drive. If you select either the
A or B drives, PCVOICE will automatically store them in the main directory.
However, if you choose the C drive,
CAPACITOR CODES
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
This photograph shows the menu screen of the PCVOICE software package. You
can select different options by pressing the spacebar & then pressing the enter
key when the option you want has been highlighted.
Value
IEC Code
0.1µF
.047µF
.0047µF
.0015µF
.001µF
82pF
100n
47n
4n7
1n5
1n
82p
EIA Code
104
473
472
152
102
82
will show up on the screen over the
first option but you can select any of
the other options simply by further
pressing the spacebar. When the bar
is over the option you wish to select,
press <enter>.
The software copyright is retained
by the author but for those who wish
to experiment further, remarks are included on the operation of the assembly language subroutines.
Construction
PCVOICE will store the files in a
subdirectory called C: \PCVOICE.
Once you have made your choice
by typing in the letter and pressing
<enter>, you will see a new menu
which asks you to choose one of six
options:
(1) record a message;
(2) load & replay a message from
the specified disc drive;
(3) replay the message just recorded;
(4) save the message in memory to
the specified disc drive;
(5) erase an existing PCVOICE file
from the specified disc drive; and
(6) quit PCVOICE.
To select one of the options, first
press the spacebar. A solid white bar
Virtually all the parts for the PC
Voice are mounted on a single PC
board. This board carril:ls the code
number SC07107911 and measures
132 x 82mm. Fig.5 shows the wiring
details.
Start construction by soldering in
PC stakes at the external wiring points,
followed by the seven wire links. This
RESISTOR COLOUR CODES
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
No.
1
2
9
1
4
1
3
2
4
4
4
1
1
2
Value
270kQ
150kQ
100kQ
82kQ
56kQ
47kQ
39kQ
27kQ
22kQ
18kQ
15kQ
10kQ
5.6kQ
4.7kQ
1kQ
150Q
18Q
· 10Q
4-Band Code (5%)
5-Band Code (1%)
red violet yellow gold
brown green yellow gold
brown black yellow gold
grey red orange gold
green blue orange gold
yellow violet orange gold
orange white orange gold
red violet orange gold
red red orange gold
brown grey orange gold
brown green orange gold
brown black orange gold
green blue red gold
yellow violet red gold
brown black red gold
brown green brown gold
brown grey black gold
brown black black gold
red violet black orange brown
brown green black orange brown
brown black black orange brown
grey red black red brown
green blue black red brown
yellow violet black red brown
orange white black red brown
red violet black red brown
red red black red brown
brown grey black red brown
brown green black red brown
brown black black red brown
green blue black brown brown
yellow violet black brown brown
brown black black brown brown
brown green black black brown
brown grey black gold brown
brown black black gold brown
AUGUST 1991
43
in front of the loudspeaker to allow
the sound to escape (but don't do this
with the loudspeaker in position).
Where To Buy The Software
The software for this project is only available direct from the author,
Darren Yates. The software for the PCVOICE recorder, PCVOICE .BAS, is
priced at $25 plus $3 p&p, and includes runnin~ instructions and ~II
assembly language routines. The TIME.BAS talking clock software 1s
priced at $15 plus $3 p&p.
All software comes on a single 360Kb 5 1/4-inch floppy disc and will run
on any PC with 256Kb of RAM and a printer port. Payment should be made
by cheque or postal money order to: Darren Yates, PO Box 134, French's
Forest, NSW 2086 .
Note: Copyright of the software is retained by the author.
done, install the resistors. Most of
these lay flat on the board, except for
those around the output amplifier area
which are mounted end-on to save
space.
Check each resistor on your DMM
before installing it on the board, to
make sure you have the correct value.
Next, solder in the 5mm fixed-pitch
capacitors. Check their values carefully against the wiring diagram as
they all look the same and are easy to
mix up . The electrolytics can now be
installed but make sure that they all
go in the right way around.
Now for the semiconductors. Once
again, you must make sure that they
are all correctly oriented. In particular, take care with the orientation of
the transistors in the audio amplifier
stage. Fig.4 shows their pinout details. Mount the 3-terminal regulator
with its metal tab away from D1.
Once all the parts have been installed, connect the volume pot (VRl),
microphone insert and 8Q loudspeaker to the board using suitable
lengths of hookup wire. Finally, connect a 3-wire cable between the DATA
IN, DATA OUT & GND pins on the PC
board and pins 1, 14 & 22 respectively
of a DB-25 printer plug.
It's a good idea to use different coloured leads for these connections if
you intend making up a long cable
run, as this makes the leads easier to
sort out. We used a 2-metre long cable
with the prototype, with no obvious
effect on circuit operation.
We left our board in the "barebones " state but you can mount your
version in a plastic zippy case, or
some other suitable case. The volume
control can be mounted on the front
panel along with the loudspeaker.
Don 't forget to drill a number of holes
Testing
Once you have finished construction, check the PC board carefully for
solder splashes and missed solder
joints. Check also that the correct part
has been installed at each location
and that all parts are correctly oriented.
When you're satisfied that everything is OK apply power but don't
hook the unit up to your computer
just yet. If you have a CRO handy,
take a look at the output (pin 4) of
IC3b. You should get a squarewave of
12V amplitude at about 18kHz or so.
If you don't have a CRO, use a frequency meter to check that pin 4 of
IC3b is oscillating at about 18kHz.
This frequency is not overly critical
however, and can be anywhere in the
region of 16-25kHz. If you don 't have
a frequency meter eith er, use your
DMM to check that the output of the
regulator is at +12V and that pin 4 of
IC3b sits at an average voltage of about
6V under no-signal conditions.
Applications
So what can the unit be used for?
Well, if you write your own software,
you can incorporate this project to
give your programs the added glory of
speech. For example, we wrote a program called TIME.BAS (see panel),
which turns the PCVOICE board into
a talking clock. It 's similar to the talking clock
serv ice provided by
....--.......... SC0? 107911~ Telecom, although the
voice on our unit is nowhere near as refined.
Other possible applications are to use the unit as
a household message machine, as a sales gimmick
or just for experiment. It's
limited only by your imagination.
SC
o,,ci,-o.,u ,.....0~o-o-o-od11h
1111111
:SI
~\.-=--__,--,--- s
1
44
SIUCO,\J CHIP
o-:
Fig.6: use this full-size
pattern to make your own
PC board or to check that
a commercially made
board has been correctly
etched.
Cti ,IAYL;AH t::.Lt:.L,; 1 HVNH,..,~ JAYVAH t:Lt:.V 1 HUl.., IV.:::> Jl'IT\..,An C: L.C:Vl nu 1'11"-'-=i uM , "-'Mn LLL"-' 1 nur,,.,v,._, '-'M' vM1, .._._._v, , ,,._, , ,. ,...,...., u r1, ....,r1, , ._.._._ ...., ,, ,...., , ,.,...,...., u,, , ...,,., , , ,._._.._...., , , ,...., ,,., ...,...., ur, ,
;rn,
'. rn,
' TR<
\ TR<
.lR(
• ;TR(
TR(
....,r,, , ._.._._,._,,, ,..,., .,..,.., ~·,, - · .. , _
-·
-
-
ECTRONICS ,IAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR
EClRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR
ECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR
ECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR
ECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR
ECTFr-:::========== = = = = = ===::::--
Im
ECTF
ECTR
ECTR
ECTR
ECTR
ECTR
ECTR
ECTR
ECTR
ECTR
ECTR
~g=
ECTR
ECTR
ECTR
.ECTR
ECT
.ECT
ECT
.ECT
SUPER BULLET TWEETER
Anolher surplus barga in. These are a piezo Hi Fi lweeler, bul in a
slrange shape. They were used in a Kangaroo scaring device,
bul lhe manufaclurers had a model change and lhese became
surplus. The specilicalions are similar 10 our economy piezo
lweeler (Cal. CT-1905), bul
lhe shape is ralher diTTerenl.
SPECIFICATIONS
F enc R
requ Y esponse
~~~k-:i!er 75 walls
inlermillenl
Use Wilh or wilhoul
crossovers. Size 50mm
diameler, 60mm mounling
les , lenglh 75mm
eluding bullel.
al. CT-1906
Ca l. Ms-
4010
$29.95
~111111"1111!-..,
iillla~~
$12.95
Space-saver
Double
Adaptors
24/020mm Cal. WB-1709 30 metre ro1I NORMAL PR ICE
metre
$13.5 0 SAVE $3.00
·
.----------------,
Cal. PP-4035
4.25
LOW COST 18V 1A BENCHTOP
SUPPLY KIT
NEW MULTIMETER KIT
TURN YOUR SURPLUS
STOCK INTO CASH!!
Jaycar will purc hase your su rplus stocks of
components and equi pment. We are
continually
on the lookou t for sources of prime quali ty
merchandise.
CALL MARK HARRIS OR
BRUCE ROUT LEY NOW ON
ECTHC
(02) 7 4 7 2022
EC THC
ECTflC
FCTRC
ECTR
An excellenl way lo learn aboul eleclronics and lhe resu ll wil l be a
qualily analogue mullimeler you can use for years. Ideal for lhe
educalional area, schools, elc.
The uni I is supplied parlially assembled, !here is however, some
soldering required. Ki l includes eve hi
I lhe uni!
operalional includi ng
· ··
leads and probes and
balleries.
SPECIFICATIONS
• 20,000 ohm/voll
• Conlinuily buzzer
• i.5V ballery check
• dB measuremenls
• Diode & fuse prolected
.
• 19 ranges ~
·
Cal. KC-5058 ~
HEAD OFFICE
POST & PACKING
115 Parramatta Road Concord 21 37
$10 · $24.99
$25 · $49.99
$50 - $99.99
OVER $100
SYDNEY - CITY 117 York St (02) 267 1614 PARRAMATTA
CONCORD
BANKSTOWN
GORE HILL
Ref: EA Augusl 1991
Thi s economy pri ced power supply lealures: • variable
oulpul vollage from 2.5 lo 18V • swilchable currenl ll miling
• bolh vol lage
and currenl
mele ring. The
Jaycar kil
includes PCB, all
specified
componenls,
Scotchcal panel
and meler scale.
Cal. KA-1 736
3 7 .95
Telephone (02) 747 2022
FAX (02) 744 0767
~~g~:g~ j
rRONICS J
TRONICS"
rRoNIcs J
TTRROONNI ccss J
I
TRONICS J
TRONICS c
TRONICSJ
TRONICS J
3
:=g~:g~
rRONICS J
rRONICSJ
Cal. MS-4040
SSt
;=g~:g! j
TRONIcs J
TRONIcs J
TRONICS J
TRON1cs J
TRONICS J
TRONICS J
TRONics J
TRONICS J
TRONIcs J
TRONI cs J
TRON1cs J
;=g~:g~
3
rRONIcs J
$ 99•95
4 Way Power
Board
14/0 14mm Cal. WB-1703 30 metre ro ll NOR MAL PRICE
30t metre
VISA
... ...,...,..,.,,...,, . , ...... ._..., , , , ,.., , .......... ..,
~
High level prolecli on agains l damag ing power surges plus
provides line noise fillering lo minimise eleclrical inlerterence.
4 prolecled oullels and overload cul-oul. Recommended for
PC's, Hi Fi and olher valuable elecl ronic equipmenl.
Plus $5,000 FREE insurance
Cal. MS-401 2
LIGHT DUTY SPEAKER
CABLE
E. C THC
EC-HC
s
O N LV
,I
Surgebuster Plus
wilh overload proleclion
[ CTR(
ECTRC
=CTHC
rC THC
EClHC
f Cl llC
,,.,-~_ ...., , , ,,_.
ll's a black box wi lh 12digi ls onllie lop anaa flashing LED.
II looks very simi lar lo lhe conlroller ona very expensive car alarm
(lhe one Iha! guaranlees your car won'! be slolen.)
So, wilh !his silli ng onyour dash, would be lhieves will lhink you
have a high qualily alarm, and move on.
Can be used onils own , or lo complemenl any exisli ng alarm
syslem.
Use on ca rs, around lhe home, on boals, elc. Easy lo inslall. size
70 x 50mm, slicky !ape already supplied on back. Includes alarm
slicker. Requires 2 x AAA balleries (nol included) Cal. SB-2375
1.95 for lwo.
ca1. LA-51 05
--_=c.,- ...__...__.--r
HEAVY DUTY SPEAKER
CABLE
ECH K
ECTIK
,
FAKE CAR ALARM
, ,r·c:-,._,~';:-~;~:!~~!:-
$7 .50 SAVE $1.50
Ferne
,
- --/_
You know lhe scenario! You buy a few melres of cabl e and by
lhe lime you gel round lo using ii, il's all messed up and ii
lakes you lwice as long because half lhe li me is spenl on
unlangli ng ii. ll's nol only fruslraling - ii can damage lhe cable.
Jaycar has now solved your problem! Our mos! popular cables
are on small reels.
ECTRC
ECH!C
ECTRC
____ ....... .. .......... . ....
Save your car for less th an $ 5 !
Were sellina for $19.95!
Safely assured surge
prolecled P\)Wer oullel plus
$5,000 FREE insurance
againsl damaging vollage
spikes and power surges.
NLV
$ 2 .9
,I
WIRE ON SMALL ~
REELS
~
EC1RC
ECTRC
ECTRC
ECTRC
ECTRC
ECTRC
ECTRC
_.,,
CLICK
~
SURGEBUSTERS ~
5 Urgeb USt er J UnlOr
·
O+ less 10%
00+ $ 2.00 e a
BUI LD A ROW OF
DIRECTIONAL TWEETERS
FCTR
ECTRC
ECTRC
ECTRC
-
.
ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS J
ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS J
ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS J
ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRON1CS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS J
ELECTRONICS JAYCAR. ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS J
-:::============;;;;;:::::-"""'-:::::::::;:;::;:;~ :;;::::::::;::::~ ~;:;;:;~=::::-,TRONICS J
$ 3.75
$ 4.50
$ 6.50
$8.00
MAIL ORDER VIA
'fi'
P O Box 185 Co nco rd 21 37 FREE CALL- FOR ORDERS
ROAD FREIGHT
ANYWHERE IN AUSTRALIA
fupto20kglS13.so
BURANDA QLD
Mon-Fri 8.30 - 5.30 Thurs 8.30 pm - Sat 9 - 1
355 Church St ICnr Victoria Rd) 102) 683 3377
COBURG VIC
Mon-Fri 9 - 5.30 Thurs 8.30 pm• Sat 9 - 4pm
Sunday 10am · 4pm
MELBOURNE-CITY
115 Parramatta Rd Cnr Ll oyd George Av 102) 745 3077 Mon-Fri 8.30 - 5.30 · Sa t 9.00 - 12
SPRINGVALE VIC
363 Hume Highway Cnr Meredith St 102) 709 2822
Mon-Fri 9 - 5.30 Thurs 8.30 pm · Sat 9 - 4
ADELAIDE S.A.
188 Pacific Hwy (Cnr Bellevue Ave) 102) 439 4799·
Mon-Fri 9 - 5.30 Thurs 8.30 - Sat 9 - 4pm
ONLY 1008) 022 888
HOTLINE (02) 747 1888
144 Logan Rd (07) 393 0777 Mon-Fri 9 - 5.30 Thurs 8.30 - Sat 9 - 4
266 Sydney Road 103) 384 1811 Mon-Fri 9 - 5.30 Fri 8.30 - Sat 9 - 4
Shop 2, 45 A' Beckett St City 103) 663 2030
Mon-Fri 9 - 5.30 Fri 8.30 - Sat 9 · 2
887-889 Springvale Road Mui grave (03) 547 1022
Nr Cnr. Oandenong Road Mon-Fri 9 - 5.30 Fri 8.30 · Sat 9 - 2
190 Wright Street ICnr Selby Street)l08) 231 7355
Mon-Fri 9 - 5.30 Fri 8.30 · Sat 9- 12
rRON1cs J
rRONICS J
rRONICS J
-RoNIcs J
-RONICS J
-RONICS J
-RONICS J
-RONICS J
-RONICS J
·RoNIcs J'
'RONICS J'
·RoNIcs J'
'RONICS JI
'RONICS JI
'RONICS JI
'RONICS Ji
'RONICS Ji
'RONICS Ji
'RONICS Ji
.RONICS Ji
'RONICS Ji
RONICS Ji
RONICS JI
RONICS I
RONICS J
RONICS J
RONICS J
RONICS J
RONICS JI
RONICS JI
RONICS JI
RONICS JI
ROMCS )
RONICS JI
ONICS JI
ONICS JI
ONICS JI
ONICS Ji
ONICS JI
ON ICS JI
, ONICS JI
ONICS JI
ONICS JI
ONICS JI
'!ONICS JI
ONICS JI
ONICS ,;
ONICS J,
ONICS JI
ONICS J!
ONICS JI
0 ICS JI
'10 ICSJ
'10NICS JI
'10NICS J!
'10NICS JI
'10NICS Ji
'10NICS J!
'10NICS J!
10NICS J!
10NICS J!
10NICS J!
10NIcs J!
10NICS J!
~g~:g; j;
,ONICS J i
,ONICS , f
10NICS ,!
10NICS Jl
:g~:g~
j)
,ONICS J'
·,ONICS JI
10NICS J!
E
CTR:~lf!l! -l f! l !l l l ll!flllllllllllll------llll~----------------1111---------------llll--------------.. ,oNICS
EC mONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR cLECTRONICS JAY CAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYC AR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS ,!
_I
EC TRONICS ,AYCAR ELECTRO NICS JA YCAR E' LFCTRONICS cAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS , l
ECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYC AR FcFCTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ::LFCTRONICS JAYCAR FLECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS JAYCAR ELECTRONICS J
~ .. .. ,... ....
<..L..Ur..0 0
Cl c cr o ru...uc.c....1...L>...V"-L'A□ •J.- L£"' T f)i"'..t..llf' I'..
JA.Ua.A.0....c..L....CL"' LO OA UC'Q.._ _L A V ~ r c rn o , 11c c
10110
on
Cl ro:rnot IC C
. ,, c AO Cl CCTOOt llCC
IA\ICAO c, C CTDObJ'CC
IAVCOP Cl CCTOO&'ICC
f
I
PRODUCT SHOWCASE
I
IBM PC/XT, AT or compatible with
512Kb to 1Mb main memory, a hard
disc and DOS 3.0 or higher. The unit
comes complete with an instruction
manual and user software, all the connectors and cables required, and a 12month warranty.
At $595.00, it's a worthwhile insurance policy. For more details contact
Rod Irving Electronics.
Facit laser printer
from Elmeasco
UPS for PCs
comes on a card
The days of bulky uninterruptible
power supplies may be limited if the
new SafeCard from Rod Irving Electronics is anything to go by. It is a
complete uninterruptible power supply which fits right inside your computer, plugging into one of the expansion slots. In fact, it only is the size of
a standard IBM half-card, although it
needs the space of two slots since it is
quite thick because of the on-board
battery pack.
Because it only provides the low
voltage DC rails , it can be much more
compact than a conventional uninterruptible power supply. It provides
power for long enough to have the
computer save all its currently working files to hard disc and then power
down. In fact, in the event of a power
failure for more than one second, the
Safecard automatically stores all
memory (system, extended and video)
on the hard disc. And when the power
comes back on again, all memory will
be reinstated.
To install the Safecard, you need an
. ,':;,'~
'''''''"''
AM stereo tuner kit
available from DSE
Those who have been waiting
for the kit for the AM stereo tuner
described in the February, March
and April 1991 issues of SILICON
CHIP will be pleased to know that
Dick Smith Electronics now has a
very fine kit complete to the last
detail. It has an excellent finish
which will complement your other
hifi equipment. The p:rice? Very
reasonable, at just $199. See the
kit now at your nearest Dick Smith
Electronics store.
Elmeasco, the Australian distributor for Facit, now has available the
new model P8040 laser printer. This
unit is ideal for word processing,
graphics and desktop publishing.
The P8040 prints at a four pages/
min rate and occupies little desk
space. It has 14 resident fonts and
will accept HP LaserJet font cartridges
and soft fonts.
It's also quiet, with a 46dBA noise
output, making it suitable for office
applications.
It comes with 512Kb memory which
can be expanded to 2.5Mb, as well as
Centronics parallel and RS232C/
RS422A serial interfaces.
For more details, contact Paul Twigg
at Elmeasco Instruments Pty Ltd, PO
Box 30, Concord 2137. Phone 02 736
2888.
Wireless security system
from Altronics
Security systems are a great idea
but the hassle of all that wiring is
certainly a drawback. The answer is
to use a wireless security system
which uses radio links from the senAUGUST 1991
53
sors instead of cables.
This Zeus wireless security system
comes with a microprocessor control
console, a 10-watt siren, a door/window sensor, a personal remote control (with panic button), a passive infrared (PIR) sensor, and a 12V SLA
battery and plugpack.
Also included is a fairly comprehensive user manual which explains
how the system works and how it can
be used effectively. The system can be
easily extended with additional PIR
or door/window sensors.
At $649.00 for the basic system described above, it's pretty good value.
For further details, contact Altronics
Distributors on (09) 328 2199.
Top-end car CD system
from Philips
If you're looking for something more
than just the average car CD system,
then Philips' new DC980 system is
certainly worth considering. It comprises a high-performance CD player,
a 3-band AM/FM receiver and a 25W
stereo power amplifier, all in the DIN
standard car radio package.
The tuner is microprocessor controlled and has an autostore feature
which enables the tuner to locate and
store the six strongest AM and FM
stations in memory.
A further six FM stations can be
stored manually. A built-in battery
maintains the memory when the unit
is switched off.
The CD player uses a dynamic range
compressor which increases the volume of soft passages to overcome the
engine noise of your car. It also features random play and "music scan",
where the first 10 seconds of each
track are played.
The LCD screen displays run-times
for the current track as well as for the
disc, and you can even swap the colour between orange & green to match
your car's dashboard illumination.
The power amplifier can also drive
two sets of speakers and a front/rear
fader control allows you to customise
the listening spread.
At $799.00, it certainly is a highclass system well worth the look. For
further enquiries, contact Philips Car
. Radio on (03) 790 0777.
TOROIDAL TRANSFORMERS
Do-it-yourself analog multimeter
*
I SY;\
to
625V A available ex-stock
* lSVA to 2KVA available to order
* Largest ex-stock source of toroids
in Australia
*
Competitive pricing available for
OEMs and resellers
HARBUC'
r
90 George St. HORNSBY
Phone (02)476-5854
54
SILICO N CHI!'
NSW 2077
Fax (02)476-3231
One of the best ways to learn how a multimeter
works is to go out and build one. Jaycar Electronics
now has available the TES 308 analog multimeter
kit, which contains all the components and instructions necessary to build an attractive analog
multimeter.
It can measure DC and AC volts from 2.5 to 1000
volts, DC current from 50µA to 250mA and resistance to 20Mil It also has a 1.5V battery test so you
can check those questionable penlight cells lying
continued on page 57
COMPUTER BITS
BY JENNIFER BONNITCHA
Installing Windows on your PC
Windows 3.0 provides you with a consistent
application interface. It is easy to learn and use,
and features Dynamic Data Exchange for efficient
transfer of data between programs. Naturally, to
achieve the best from Windows, some training is
essential.
Windows is an operating environment that works in conjunction with
your computer and the MS-DOS or
PC-DOS operating system. It has an
easy-to-use graphical user interface
(GUI) that resembles and works like a
desktop in that you can perform multiple tasks at the same time.
You can share text, data and graphics between applications and perform
most of your work and file maintenance without returning to DOS. Windows has a "What You See Is What
You Get" (WYSIWYG) display, which
means that all the on-screen text and
graphics appear the way they will
look when printed.
The conventional DOS PC looks
pretty ordinary to most users - when
you press a key· you see a character
and if you get all the keys in the right
sequence, you get a result. Windows
has changed all that for the PC user by
establishing a more acceptable common appearance across many applications. You will soon get the hang of
a new Windows application since
many of the menus provide identical
commands - although each application will have its own particular
menus and the options contained
within the menu will vary.
The installation procedure couldn't
be easier. You place Disk 1 of the disc
_!Seyboard
.!;!asic Skills
_Qommands
_erocedures
Qlouary
!,!sing Help
l'!bout Program Manager ...
~
.1.§§.§J
-. Main
~
-~
Accessorit-s
~
~
~
~
v./indows ApplicatiOf'IS Non-'w'indow$ Ai:,pllcauons
The Program Manager starts automatically when you start Windows and it
continues running for as long as you use Windows. The program group icons
are shown along the bottom of the screen but you can customise Windows so
that the Program Manager opens any or all of the groups as windows at startup. Note the drop-down menu that appears when Help is clicked.
set into the appropriate disc drive
and then type SETUP at the DOS
prompt. You are guided through the
installation which first evaluates your
computer system to determine what
kind of equipment you have at your
disposal. The essential Windows files
are copied onto your hard disc and
you are asked to verify vital information - although you can make any
changes you feel are necessary.
Following the preliminary installation, Windows starts (courtesy of the
Setup program) so that you can choose
and configure your printer, install any
software programs and view the supplied on-line documents . During
Setup, you are asked whether you
want Windows to install all programs
it can find on your hard disc.
Let Windows do the work
For your first-time installation you
may prefer to let Windows do all the
work since it is quite easy to add (or
delete) further applications. Most of
the questions Setup asks are self-explanatory, however Help is always just
a key away - press Fl at any time for
on-line Help. Following installation,
you can run Setup again at any time
to review or change some of the options you originally selected - you
may take delivery of a shiny, new
printer or a next-generation mouse
for example.
Windows ' GUI helps you to operate
your corpputer using graphic symbols
or icons. The mouse enables you to
point at and select the necessary objects to complete a task with ease.
Windows also provides two basic
types of windows - the application
window and the document window.
The application window displays a
currently running application (like
Wipdows Word or Excel), while the
document window displays informaAUG UST 1991
55
1#1&1<at><at>
Control Panel
Print Manager
Clipboard
•
DOS Prompt
Windows Setup
m m
Accessories
Games
~
~
Windows Applications
Non-Windows Applications
The various group windows (in this case, the Main window) are opened by
double clicking on the Program Group icons. By now double clicking on the
Control Panel icon, you can customise the way Windows appears and operates.
..,.
Accessories
....
tions to run in windows rather than
as a full-screen application.
Windows applications which have
not been updated to run with Windows-3.0 require Real Mode. Typing
WIN causes Windows to look at your
computer's configuration and start in
the most appropriate mode. You may
want Windows to start in different
modes, even though it may not be the
most appropriate for your computer.
These switches are available for you
to use:
• /R Real Mode - useful for running
applications designed for earlier versions of Windows.
• IS Standard Mode - the "usual"
mode for Windows on 80286 or higher
computers with at least 1Mb of
memory. Windows runs faster in this
mode on an 80386 computer with between 2-3Mb of memory - provided
you use only Windows applications otherwise choose 386 mode.
Windows is also capable of automatically starting an application such
as Windows Word. The following command starts Windows then runs the
application:
WIN C:\WINWORD\
WINWORD.EXE
Write
PIF Editor
Terminal
lfili1I
R:!l
11111
~
Calendar
Recorder
Cardfile
Notepad
Calculator
Clock
•
Paintbrush
The Accessories window contains a number of programs, including Write,
Terminal (for communications), Recorder, Cardfile & Calculator. The group
window can be enlarged to full screen size by clicking on the up-arrow symbol
in the top righthand corner, or shrunk to an icon by clicking on the downarrow.
tion about or for an application (like a
Windows Word document or an Excel .
worksheet). Document windows lack
a menu bar since all the commands
for controlling the application are provided on the Application (eg, Excel,
etc) menu bar.
Operating modes
Windows starts in one of three
modes, depending on your computer's hardware configuration. You can
check which mode Windows is running on your computer by selecting
Help from the Program Manager menu
bar, then About Program Manager.
These modes were described in detail
last month but are in summary:
56
SILICO N CHIP
• Real Mode: 8086 or 8088 processor,
640Kb RAM; 80286, 386 or 486 with
less than 256Kb extended RAM. This
mode provides maximum compatibility with previous versions of Windows applications, however any extended memory is ignored.
• Standard Mode: 80286 or higher
processor with a minimum 1Mb RAM
(640Kb conventional, 256Kb extended). This is the normal operating mode
for Windows and is the best mode for
running DOS applications.
• Enhanced Mode: optimum operating mode - 80386 or higher processor
with 640Kb conventional and at least
1024Kb extended memory. This mode
enables most non-Windows applica-
Similarly, the following command
line tells Windows to start Windows,
then Windows Word and finally to
load the SAMPLE.DOC file:
WIN C:\WINWORD\
WINWORD.EXE SAMPLE.DOC
There are many other options for
starting Windows by modifying the
initialisation files, WIN .INI and
SYSTEM.INI - all of which will be
covered in more detail next month.
Windows De~ktop
Once -you start Windows , you will
be presented with a desktop containing several more windows. You can
change the size and location of any
window at any time and when you
exit from Windows, you have the option to save any changes you may
have made. The Program Manager
starts automatically when you start
Windows and it continues running
for as long as you use Windows. It is
the centre of Windows since all applications are started from here.
You should see a group of Program
Group icons at the bottom of the Program Manager window with names
such as Main, Accessories, Windows
Applications, Non-Windows Applications, Games, etc. Your computer
may contain more or less icons, depending on which applications you
told Windows to install from your
hard disc. The very first time you start
Windows, the Program Manager opens
the Main window for you.
The Program Groups are windows
containing program item icons for the
applications you installed and the
applications you use to manage and
operate Windows. The Accessories
program group contains the productivity tools - Windows Write, Paintbrush, Calculator, Cardfile, etc. Next
month, you will see how to create a
new program group, place program
items, copy and move program icons
between groups, and delete icons no
longer required.
Operating the desktop is relatively
easy with the mouse although a little
practice is required if you are new to
the rodent. The main mouse operations are clicking and dragging. To
choose an item, position the mouse
pointer (the tip is the most sensitive
area) then click (press the left button
and release) the mouse.
You click to open menus, choose
items from the menus and dialog
boxes, scroll windows and to select
windows. Double ~licking (quickly
pressing the left button twice) enables you to select items from the Program Group windows - to run a program, for example. Dragging involves
moving the mouse to the required position and then pressing and holding
the left mouse button. You can drag a
window to a new location and/or
change its size, for example.
You can open the Main window if
necessary by double clicking on the
Main icon. By now double clicking
on the Control Panel icon, you can
customise the way Windows appears
and operates. You can adjust many
hardware and software settings, including which button is the main
working button on the mouse.
Mouse dialog box
Double clicking on the mouse icon
opens the Mouse dialog box. Now
you can change the tracking speed
(how fast the mouse moves across the
screen) and the double click speed
(use the TEST button to determine how
fast you need to double click to highlight and un-highlight the box). And
for the long-neglected left handers,
Mouse
- Mouse Tracking Speed Slow
Fast
OK
L
L.,. t+~~~*#i JTTt±i::t~#t~ ~
- Doubre Click Speed
Slow
I
TEST
I
R
I
Cancel
j
Fast
I
D
Swap Left/Right Buttons
You can change the speed of your mouse by double-clicking on the Control
Panel icon in the Main window, then double-clicking the Mouse icon to open the
mouse dialog box. This box also lets you swap the left & right buttons.
you can swap the left and right buttons!
When you are satisfied, click on
OK to save the changes and return to
the Control Panel.
You now double click on the Application Menu icon (the large minus
sign at the top left of the Control Panel
window) to close the Control Panel
and return to the Main window. Con-
tinue double clicking on any remaining windows to close each in turn.
When the Program Manager remains,
double clicking will close Windows.
There are many other customisation
features available on the Contol Panel,
including selecting windows colours
and customising the design and operation of your desktop. We'll discuss
these options next month.
SC
Product Showcase -from page 54
meability ferrite material optimised
for 200kHz.
Called T3 7, it is optimised for frequencies to about 200kHz, has a maxi mum initial permeability of typically
6500-7000, and supplements the existing T35 and T38 range. The T35
material is suitable for frequencies up
to 400kHz but exhibits lower permeability. The T38 material, however,
has a permeability in excess of 10,000
and is suitable up to lO0kHz.
For further information, contact
Robert Fontana at Siemens Ltd, 544
Church St, Richmond, 3121. Phone
(03) 420 7313.
SC
around in the drawer, and there is
provision to use a thermistor temperature probe covering the range from
-30°C to +200°C.
For $37.95 , it's a good investment
in learning how multimeters are designed and built. You can see it at any
Jaycar Electronics store.
New ferrite material
optimised for 200kHz
Siemens Matsushita Components (S
& M) has developed a new high per-
* *
*
For all your: Electronic Components Tools & test equipment
Kits Security Remote Control and Computer accessories.
You can also get us to design and service your equipment.
*
*
•·=-·
~•·
1~ ·~-~I
IJ.~-,
- .• Iii,_~;-~'11[~I:- re_.·..___---.. .--
-■
lot
.
y!'..t-1
----
Call I-JE
I
·- =
----- s.-·. ----_- -_ ~:
: ~--~
,
- --
OT
•
...
s
131 Pacific Hwy
Charlestown, NSW, 2290
·"
"v
-----· - - ·
Mail order from your phone
Tel: (049) 439 600 or by
Fax: (049) 439 809
__________________
A UGUST
1991
__,
57
The case of the blowing fuses
I'm kicking off this month with a mystery story
from J. L., our regular contributor from
Tasmania. I've chosen this sequence because,
after reading his story, I had a chance to work on
a couple of similar chassis and make some
further observations. They may help a little.
What follows in in J. L.'s words.
Here 's how he tells it.
This is a story without any real
ending. It has had me thinking for a
long time and I still don't have acertain answer. I can make a convincing
guess as to the cause but I'm not sure.
See what you think.
The set was a General Electric
TC53L2, a 53cm model, fitted with an
Hitachi NP6A-A chassis. I don't think
that has anything to do with the fault
or the cure. It could have been any
model of any brand of similar vintage.
The set came in for an intermittent
"no go". This model offers two possibilities for this fault. One is a faulty
joint under the clamping screw for
the horizontal output transistor collector. The other is a loose connection
to the emitter of this transistor (it uses
a slip-on connector which is apt to
come loose). Either fault is easy to
cure and, in this case, I replaced the
slip-on connector with a hard wired
lead, soldered to the emitter pin. It
was a total cure - for that fault.
The customer returns
Unfortunately, the customer didn't
agree. He was back within a week for
what he said was "the same trouble ".
It wasn't though; this time it was the
main HT fuse, F903, a 1A time delay
type, that had gone open circuit.
.The fuse had blown gently. It wasn't
just broken - as through old age - nor
had it blown violently. But it had
blown through over-current and I
needed to know why.
This chassis uses an isolating transformer, T951 , feeding a bridge recti60
SILICON CHTP
fier and then a chopper type regulator
delivering 125V to the rest of the set.
Fuse F903 is between the positive
output of the bridge rectifier and the
chopper transformer, T902.
Apart from the unlikely event of a
short to chassis in the chopper transformer, a shorted chopper transistor,
TR906, is about the only thing likely
to take out the fuse.
The only other connections to this
rail are C910 (a 4. 7µF 400V electrolytic kickstart capacitor) and the R908/
R935/R909 network which supplies
HT to the chopper pre-drive transistor, TR904. Both these connections
TETIA TV TIP
Hitachi CEP288, CEP289
(PAL3-A chassis).
Symptom: Reduced height,
about 2cm of black at top ~nd
bottom of screen. No colour. The
picture can recover to normal after 10 minutes but the fault does
not appear to be heat sensitive.
Cure: C753 (100µF/25V electro)
open circuit. This cap is the input
to the filter on the 20V rail and its
loss causes the rail voltage to
drop, in this case to 14V. The rail
shows no unusual ripple, just a
lower than normal voltage.
TETIA TV Tip is supplied by the
Tasmanian branch of the Electronic Technician's Institute of
Australia. Contact Jim Lawler, 16
Adina St, Geilston Bay, 7015.
are quite high impedance, so a short
to chassis is an unlikely result if any
of these components breaks down.
So, after considering all these
points, I decided that it had to be a
leaky chopper transistor. An in-circuit test indicated that the transistor
was OK but, in the absence of any
other indication, I felt that it had to be
faulty in some way or other. So out it
came and in went another one.
I fitted a new fuse and switched on.
Up came a perfect picture - for about
an hour. The new fuse then failed just
as the first one had done.
I tried again and again but the fuses
lasted from only 15 minutes to an
hour before failing. I checked everything I could think of that might be
overloading the fuse but every voltage or resistance that I tested appeared
to be well within tolerance.
Thermal cutout
By this time , I was running out of
fuses, so I firkled about (good word,
that) in the junkbox until I found an
old 1.5A thermal cutout, rated to trip
at 3A. With this clipped into circuit,
the set ran for many hours without
any trouble.
As far as I could tell , nothing was
overheating, there were no excessive
voltages, and there was no sign of
incorrect picture geometry. The set
seemed to be operating perfectly
within normal limits.
With everything apparently normal,
I guessed that it would be OK to refit
the correct 1A fuse. But I was wrong.
It lasted only 10 minutes. So I fitted a
1.5A fuse and, as far as I know, the set
is still going strong.
I have racked my brain trying to
work out what could have caused the
trouble. I'll swear there was nothing
wrong with the set, yet it would not
work with the correct fuse fitted.
The theory I have come up with is
this. See if you agree.
Most domestic electrical equipment
is designed around component val-
lation and that he contact me at any
sign of overheating. Somehow, I don't
think we'll have any trouble.
Another explanation
.,
t.H~~prr
WMII-ZZPH
(&TC
~r~
The £use had broken. gently. It wasn't
just broken-nor had. tt blown vio~Uy....
....Bu.t it had blown lhrough overcurrent
,...._ and 1 needed to know why
ues with a ±20% tolerance. Some parts
have a closer tolerance but many are
20% because anything closer would
be unnecessarily expensive.
The law of averages dictates that
the tolerances in an average set will
be spread evenly between the upper
and l_o wer limits. But occasionally
there must be a set that gets a preponderance of plus components; or of
minus components.
Fuses, on the other hand, must always have a positive tolerance. The
designer must select a fuse value above
the steady state current in the circuit
to be protected. Quite obviously, a
negative value fuse would blow every
time the set was turned on.
We can assume that the designer
selected a fuse that would have a safe
margin over the steady current, but
not so much over that it would be too
slow to act in the event of an overload.
But what would happen if all those
20% component tolerances accumulated in the direction that increased
the normal current in the fused cir-
cuit? The set would still work normally and the fuse would continue to
carry the required current, but with
less tolerance to an overload.
And, finally, component values
change as the set ages. What would
happen if these changes accumulated
in the direction that added just marginally to the circuit current?
The fuse could no longer stand the
strain and would pop after only a few
minutes. I think this is what happened to the General Electric set that
inspired this story.
The problem is, what am I going to
do about it? The cause is probably the
accumulated result of a milliamp or
two of extra current in every resistor
in the set. Restoring them all would
be a prohibitive job.
On the other hand, the total current
being used by the set does not seem to
be enough to raise the temperature of
any part of the chassis, so is the slight
overload in any way dangerous? I
don't think so.
I have suggested to the owner that
he ensure that the set has good venti-
OK., so that's J. L.'s story. In answer
to the implied question as to what I
think, I'm afraid that, to coin a phrase,
"I dunno please".
J. L.'s theory is an interesting one
but I have some reservations about it.
For one thing, I question the 20%
tolerance figure. This was true in the
bad old days of moulded muck and
crude carbon resistors but 5% has
been a generally accepted figure for a
some time now. And, in most cases,
the product is well within this limit.
But OK, let's accept 20% for the sake
of argument.
I held this story for some time after
I received it, hoping that a similar
model would turn up on my own
bench. Sure enough, not one but two
came in - a TC53L2 (53cm) model, as
above, and a TC63L1 which is a 63cm
set using virtually the same chassis.
Unfortunately, they didn't help
much. The first thing I did, once I had
a chassis working properly (more on
this later), was to measure the current
through F903. This came out as
275mA for a black screen and 370mA
for a full white screen.
But even the full white value is
only a little over one third of the fuse
rating, with some margin due to the
slow-blow characteristic. On a steady
state basis, that doesn't fit in very
well with the 20% theory.
And that suggests a surge of some
kind. Two possibilities come to mind.
One is a switch-on surge which, while
not quite heavy enough to take the
fuse out immediately, weakens it so
that it lasts only a few minutes.
The other is an intermittent fault perhaps thermally sensitive - which
takes the current just above the fuse
rating, then clears itself in the time it
takes to replace the fuse.
Of course, it is easy to propound
such theories but quite another to
prove them. In practice, of course,
few of us have anything like the necessary facilities; nor do we always
have the time to tackle subtle faults
like this. So thanks for the story J. L.,
but I say again, "I dunno please".
A real swine
So what about the two General Electric sets on my own bench? One of
AUGUST
1991
61
Australian Made TEST
EQUIPMENT YOU CAN TRUST
SERVICEMAN'S LOG - CTD
SHORTED Tu
Built-in Meter to check EHT
transformers including split
diode type, yokes and drive
transformers.
$78.00 + $3.00 p&p
DEGAUSS
Strong magnetic field,
larger than usual coil with
multicore centre . Double
insulated for your safety,
also fitted with momentary on/off switch. 240V
NC 2.2 amps.
Just about as important as having a soldering
iron in your toolbox!
$75.00 + $10.00 p&p
HI-VOL1'A
Built-in meter reads positive
or negative 0-50kV. For
checking EHT and focus as
well as any other Hi-tension
v.Jltages.
$98.00 + $5.00 p&p
REMOTE CO T 0
TESTEH
(INFRARED OR
ULTRASONIC)
Designed to test
lnfrared
or
Ultrasonic control
units. With the
extension lead
you can also test
infrared units which cannot be placed in
front of the testing unit. Requires a 9V battery.
Output is via the LED diode and piezo
speaker .
$85.00 + $4.00 p&p
LASER DETE:.C
P 0
A new addition to the remote control tester.
Comparable with units costing $500 or
more. You can test the laser pick-up in
compact disc players.
$27.00 + $2.00 p&p
NEW PRODUCT
TEST TUNE
Save time and money with
this tester. Helps you determine if you have a tuner problem , an AGC problem or a
fault in the IF stages.
$250.00 (Tax inc.)
TUNER
IS
from $17.00 exchange+ p&p
Cheque, Money Order,
Bankcard or Mastercard
216 Canterbury Road, Revesby,
NSW, AUSTRALIA, 2212
~
(02) 774 1154
~
(02) 774 1154
62
SILI CON CIIIP
these, the TC63Ll, turned out to have
a real swine of an intermittent. It lead
me µp several garden paths and was
finally cured more on a brute force
than scientific basis. Nevertheless,
some of test routines are worth noting
for reference.
The customer used the set in a holiday cottage up the coast, and his complaint was that "it stops now and
again". In greater detail, it turned out
that the failure was fairly infrequent;
it would run perfectly for days, or
even weeks. And, when it did fail,
normal operation could be restored
by simply flicking the on-off switch.
This had been going on for some
considerable time but, while ever the
set responded to this simple treatment , the owner was prepared to live
with it. However, the day came when
it didn't respond, at least not immediately, and a goodly chunk of an interesting program was lost. That was
when the owner decided that something had to be done and it landed on
my bench.
Of course, it started as soon as I
switched it on and ran for several
days. And when it finally did fail,
and on subsequent occasions, I found
it difficult to make any worthwhile
checks. It would come good at the
slightest touch but I did manage to
establish that there was no 125V HT
rail out of the power supply when the
fault appeared.
I had no doubts that the fault was a
dry joint; this chassis is notorious for
them. These dry joints are found
mainly on the power supply board
and on the horizontal section of the
deflection boards.
And this is what makes it hard. The
chopper/regulator system in the power
supply board (TR903, TR904, TR905
& TR906) is driven with puls es from
the horizontal output stage. But the
horizontal system can't deliver these
pulses until the power supply delivers voltage to the HT rail. And the
power supply can't deliver this voltage until it receives pulses from the
horizontal system.
In practice, this deadlock is broken
with a kick-start system; a
multivibrator circuit consisting of
TR901 & TR902 which is activated
briefly from the bridge rectifier via
C910. At switch on, it delivers a few
pulses to the "pre-drive" transistor,
TR904, to get things started.
This is a fairly universal technique
and is all very clever. But when the
system collapses and there is no HT
rail , there is nothing to indicate
whether the fault is in the power supply or in the horizontal system.
After several abortive attempts to
get any kind of a lead, I settled for a
routine search for obvious dry joints.
I concentrated mainly on the power
supply board and, in particular, a
number of 2W and 5W resistors, such
as R908 , 909 , 935 , 928 and 924.
In order to aid heat dissipation,
these resistors are mounted clear of
the board, supported by short metal
tubes which go through the board to
the copper side, where they are soldered to the copper pattern. The resistor pigtails go down these tubes
and are, supposedly, soldered to the
them during the flow soldering process.
Unfortunately, this doesn't always
work. One problem is that the pigtails
are sometimes cut short and the solder doesn't reach them. But even when
the pigtails are full length, the bond
between them and the tube, or between the tube and the copper pattern, is often poor.
So one of the routine jobs with faults
like this is to go over all these joints
and resolder them. Having done this,
I checked the rest of the board and
resoldered a few other suspicious
looking joints just to be sure.
I ran the set for several days and it
behaved perfectly. But it had done
this many times before and I needed
more proof than that. By this stage,
however, some six weeks had elapsed
and the owner came in to check on
my progress. More specifically, he
wanted to see whether it would be
available for another stint up the coast.
I explained the situation and emphasised that I could make no claim
to having cured the fault. Nevertheless, he was keen to take it and give it
a try, so I said, "OK, but be warned".
It's not cured
That was the last I saw of it for
several months. Then, suddenly, the
owner turned up with it again. It was
TR903
2SC458rRI
PHASE
AMP
C917
0.0068
1 R914
1
180
1
J2
R940
220K
D
•;;:z.(H'r:-<r"U>- ·c&t',
'
i.
.
J
Fig.I: the power supply board for the GE-TC63Ll & GE-TC53L2 TV sets. The output from the bridge rectifier is
applied via fuse F903 (lower left) to isolating transformer T902 (top) which is switched by chopper transistor
TR906. TR901 & TR902 form a multivibrator circuit which is briefly powered up at switch-on to deliver pulses
to TR904 to kick-start the chopper circuit. TR908 & TR909 provide over-voltage protection & this circuit can be
disabled by disconnecting R941.
the same old story; initially, it would
run for a long period, fail , respond to
the on-off routine, and run for another long period. It had now again
reached the stage where it failed to
respond to this treatment, even after
repeated tries.
I switched it on while the owner
was there. And, yes, it was completely
dead. So I felt that, at last, I might get
to grips with it.
Another bonus was that it was not
likely to be needed again for several
months and I could take m y time. So I
put it aside for several days due to
pressure of other jobs. And that was a
mistake; when I did finally switch it
on, it came good immediately. Back to
square one.
This time I decided to try a different approach. The trick is to bypass
the chopper/regulator section of the
power supply and run the set directly
from the bridge rectifier. If it fails in
this configuration, the fault is almost
certainly in the horizontal system and,
in any case, with power still applied,
one has a better chance to track it
down.
It's a simple trick. The set is fed
from a Variac and a jumper lead is
used to connect fuse F903 to the cath-
ode side of diode CR908 (top right of
circuit, n ear T902). The Variac is then
wound up until the voltage at this
point reaches 125V - or a little less to
provide a safety margin.
I set everything up to enable me to
quickly do this and then left the set
running, waiting for it to fail. Eventually, it did and, what's more, it refused to start using the off/on technique. This was the ideal opportunity
for the bypass trick - I quickly connected the jumper lead and wound
the Variac up, whereupon the set leapt
into life. And it kept on going.
From this I deduced that the fault
AUGUST
1991
63
SERVICEMAN'S LOG - CTD
And. yes ... it was completely dead ...
was in the power supply and spent
some time going over the board again,
looking for an elusive dry joint which
I might have missed the first time. I
drew a blank.
There are a couple of other tricks
one can try in this situation. First, by
bridging capacitor C910 with a ·1kQ
resistor, the multi vibrator can be made
to run continuously, regardless of the
condition of the horizontal stage. This
allows the power supply to be checked
stage by stage until the fault is located.
But there is a point to watch here. If
the rest of the set is not drawing current, the over-voltage network consisting of TR908 & TR909 will shut
everything down. This can be prevented by temporarily disconnecting
R941.
A simpler trick is to repeatedly
switch the set on and off, to activate
the kick-start system, and use a CRO
(ideally a storage type) to check for
the pulses, stage by stage, up to TR906.
64
SILICON CHIP
This was what I did and I managed to
confirm that TR906 was indeed receiving these pulses.
Murphy's lunch
By now, of course, the set was running again. The next time it failed, I
again reverted to the jumper lead/
Variac setup. And that clinched it; the
set refused to run. The fault was not
in the power supply. (At long last I
had caught Murphy out at lunch).
I restored the power supply to its
normal configuration, then moved
over to the horizontal system. Unfortunately, we don 't have sufficient
space to reproduce the circuit, which
is quite extensive. It involves two separate PC boards; the Deflection Chassis
Board and the Deflection Output Chassis Board. The horizontal oscillator
(TR703) is on the first board, while
the driver stage (TR704) and the output stage (TR707) are on the second
board.
One of the nasty aspects of this part
of the set is the mechanical setup.
The Deflection Output Board is
mounted vertically on the r-ight hand
side of the set, copper side out. And
mounted on the copper side, supported on spacers, is a large heatsink
carrying the output transistor, TR707.
This creates a problem because all
solder joints under this heatsink are
completely inaccessible. And at least
two components in this area, R721
and R722 in the base circuit of the
horizontal driver transistor (TR704),
have a reputation for dry joints.
Another item obscured by this heatsink is a wire-wrap pin inserted from
the component side and soldered to
the copper pattern. The wire-wrap
lead from it runs to a similar wirewrap pin on the Deflection Chassis
Board. From here, the circuit runs to
the collector ofTR703, the horizontal
oscillator.
All of which is by way of background. Having exonerated the power
supply, I connected one CRO lead to
the collector of the horizontal oscillator (TR903) and another to the base of
the driver transistor (TR704). I then
switched the set on several times to
active the kick-start circuit. This produced a brief burst of voltage on the
HT rail, sufficient to active the horizontal oscillator and produce a short
burst of oscillation. So far so good.
But there was nothing at the base of
TR704; the fault was between these
two points. I was getting closer but
the exact cause still had to be found.
And considering its intermittent nature, it still looked like there was a
long haul ahead.
I lifted the heatsink clear of the
board and made a visual check of the
path, joint by joint: Each appeared to
be perfect but since this was obviously not the case, I went over each
one and resoldered it. That done, I
did the same around the oscillator
section, involving TR703.
And that was it; the set hasn't
missed a beat since, which was something of an anti-climax. Which joint
was it7 I can't be sure but I strongly
suspect one or both of the wire-wrap
pin joints; mainly because the solder
seemed to come away from these much
too readily.
And the TC53L2 set? It had a very
common fault involving the over-voltage protection circuit, TR908 and
TR909. I replaced both transistors and
that was it.
SC
waJD FOR CHIPS...WCXJD FOR CHIPS. ..WCXJD FOR CHIPS... WCXJD FOR CHIPS...WOOD FOR CHIPS... WOOD FOR CHIPS... WOOD FOR CHIPS... WOOD
PHILIPS
EXAR
5:
(.)
TDA101 OA
$8.05
TDA1013A
$4.20
TDA7000
$3.40
NE521 D
$5.75
NE564
$4.20
NE592N8
$1.35
BT138
$4.15
BT139
$5.40
BSV80
$2.05
BST100
$1 .50
SC2691AC1N24
27C64
$9.00
27C128
$10.80
27C256
$12.95
27C512
$19.80
B0202
$0.95
B0203
$0.95
BFY51
$1 .95
BYV95B
$0.35
BYV28-150
BYV29-100
BUZ71
$5.95
~
Custom Cab/Ing
Service Availab1s
~
0.:
Q
-o· typs connsctors with
~
~
$8.90
$5.20
$7.50
$1 .95
$3.45
$4.20
$1.65
$1.95
$7.30
MOTOROLA
MC1377
MC3357
MC3362
MC3470
MC14433
MC145026
MC145027
MC145028
MC146818
WELLER
Analog Panel
~
r
;\
FLUKE
~
0.:
5:
(.)
3
u:.
Model ST-670
Dimensions:
Scale:
Bolt centres:
Ranges:
Voltage:
Q
8
~
70x60mm
71x34mm •
48x48mm x 3.5mm
Dimensions: .
Scale:
Bolt centres:
Ranges:
Voltage:
10, 20, 30Vdc,
3001/ac
· 50, ±50, 100,
±100µAdc
1, ±1, 100mAdc
1bs,10,20, 30Adc
1 , lU JOAac
Specify range required when
ordering
$17.40
Current
Model ST-38
Dimensions:
Scale:
Bolt centres:
Ranges:
Voltage:
45x45mm
44x25mm
31x31mm x 3.5mm
5:
(.)
§
Model ST-45
Model ST-160
oCcu:.
Dimensions:
Scale:
Bolt centres:
Ranges:
Voltage:
~
Uj
Q:,
G
Q:
rJj
Q,,
iS
~
u:.
~
1&i~~c30Vdc,
50, ±50, 100,
±100µAdc
1, ±1, 100mAdc
3
0Adc
Specify range required
$15.80
1b~~·18~
s.
~
51x51mm
51x31mm
38x38mm x 3.5mm
Current
~·
., · ..
:s;
~
DENNON
AT&M KITS
~
2
1:i
fl)
~
~
2
1:i
fl)
~
~
(")
;!;
"Cl
f-'>
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
L,,__.._..
"
ST160 vu Meler
w·· -.
_, ·· ,
' ·.
.. 1
SHOW
vu Ind icator
Back Light Built In
650'1 Internal Resistance
· Bezel Mounting
120x94mm
.
~
Save Problems and Cost with
67x67mm
66x38.5mm
51x51mm x3.5mm
10, 20, 30Vdc,
300Vac
current:
100µAncb1,_50mAdc
1OAdc, 1 flilC
Specify range reQuired when
ordering
$15.20
~
~
Q
rJj
$8.50
$15.00
$11,50
$8.50
$15.00
$15.00
$11.50
$11.50
$5.20
~
;!;
10. 20, 30Vdc,
300Vac
Current:
50. ±50. 100,
~
±1 OOµAdc
1 ±1 100mAdc
1'. ±5b'1O, 20, 30Adc
10, 2 , 30Aac
Specify range required
$16.80
i59:
6502
65C02
6505
6520
6521
65C21
6522
65C22
6512
INTERSIL
.
Model ST-65
We carry a wide range of analog
meters for projects, instruments etc.
If you have a requirement not listed
1151< and we'll locate something .
suitable.
• SEW meter movements
• Not susceptible to stray fields
• High precision jewel and pivol
suspensions
~
§
$5.35
$5.35
$9.00
$9.00
$5.90
$7.00
$9.90
$9.90
$10.00
ROCKWELL
(")
8
u:.
ZILOG
Z80ACPU
Z80BCPU
Z80ACTC
Z80BCTC
Z80APIO
Z80BPIO
Z80ASIO
Z80BSIO
Z80BDART
'\ ~ \ t
~Q Meters
0
$7.45
$1.20
$3.20
$8.50
$14.00
$3.75
$4.05
$4.C5
$10.30
ICL232
$7.95
ICL7106
$18.20
ICL7107
$15.95
ICL7109
$26.50
ICL7129
$38.25
ICL7135
$29.95
ICL7136
$18.40
ICL7660
$3.60
ICL8013
$12.95
ICL8038
$8.95
A SMALL SELECTION FROM OUR VAST RANGE OF
ICL8211
$3.95
ICL8212
$5.45
SEMICONDUCTORS
ICM7170
$23.30
. . REMEMBER WE CAN SUPPLY IN ANY QUANTITY YOU
ICM7211
$15.20
DESIRE FROM ONE-OFFS UPWARDS!
ICM7216A $54.00
ICM7216B $54.00
ICM72160 $54.00
ICM7217A $18.25
Vs,y latest Ossaldsring Gun, Locally desifned and
WTCPS
$137.00 73
$180.00 ss/1-containsd,
ICM7217C $18.25
developed. 'ifc quali%
no pipss or
omg/e ensive
TIPS 600°F, 700°F,
75
$288.00 pumps. Ceramic h8atsr with components.
ICM7224
instructions
inclu
ed.
Why
$23.45
800°F all $8.95 each 23
develo~ your own circuits
$393.60 uact temperatuTB "'ntrol
ICM7555
$1.20
When hese buildln~ blocks
EC1001
$195 83
$478.80 SC5000A BOW
are already availab e?
IM6402
$1~.30
Kit
Description
Price
EC3001
$320 85
$576.00
$399.00 (ex tax) 03 3 1/2 digit OVM 59.40
Fibre Optic Modem 75.00
87
$696.00
$478.00 (inc tax) 05
: ·-!_ ~ ':!'
Prices quoted are
10 Quad Power Supply'60.60
45
$1460.00 Surface Mount Kit
for one-ons 12
6
dig Batch Counter75.00
\.i\
16Ch Tranmitter 77.40
,;.
'-,- ! : r,
\
Prices include tax,
Please
ask us to
$82.80 22
23 16Ch Receiver
77.40
quote for larger
call for tax free
24 22/3 Comms PCB 34.80
>
Ast for a cata/ogus
quantities!
pricing
at
shis/dsd cab/SS
/DC typss onto flat cabls
BNC types onto coax.
Call us tor a quots
5:
(.)
XR2206
XR2209
XR2211
XR14412UP
XR2240
XR2243
XR2201
XR558CP
XR8038
MEMOREX
GENUINE PREMIUM GRADE DISKS
51/4 2S/2D
$16.95 per 10
51/4 2S/HD
$24.95 per 10
31/2 2S/2D
$24.95 per 10
31/2 2S/HD
$49.95 per 10
~
A-TEK ---·...,;,·....· _. ~
(")
Breadboards
~
~
~
c::,
~
(")
~
~
~
'
~
$23.80
(")
Model ST-70W Cross
Needle Meter
Three Meters In One
;!;
: ~::rr;~1t~'Jiu~'/:Jf;~~f Power
Equipment
Mobile Use
Measuresand
70x71>:nm
DC Ranges
0-30V, -SA -arm
0-30V, -1sA,-2srm
0-30V, ·30A. -S()(N/
Specify range required
$34 .80
§
$28.90
~
•
Geoff Wood Electronics Pty Ltd
$50.70
(inc In N s W}
229 Burns Bay Road, (Corner Beatrice Street), Lane Cove West N S W
Mail Orders to - PO Box 671, Lane Cove N SW 2066
Telephone : (02) 428 4111 Fax : (02) 428 5198
8.30am to 5.00pm Monday to Friday. 8.00am to 12 noon Saturday
Mail Orders add $5.00 min to cover postal charges
Next day delivery in Sydney add $5.00
All prices INCLUDE sales tax unless stated otherwise
Tax Exemption Certificates accepted if the line value exceeds $10.00
BANKCARD, MASTERCARD, VISA, CHEQUES or CASH cheerfully accepted.
~
$15 .70
~
~
An error analyser
for CD players, Pt.2
This month,·we present the second in a
series of articles describing a CD error
analyser. We have a look at the various
Philips CD chipsets in use and describe
the circuit of the analyser.
By STEPHEN McBRIDE*
As mentioned last month, this description is based on the Philips
chipsets though the bulk of the information will also apply to most other
brands. The various Philips chipsets
are as follows: CDl uses the SAA70x0
set with two TDA1540 14-bitD/ A converters; CDZ uses the SAA7210 and
66
SILICON CHIP
SAA7220 with the TDA1541 twin 16bit DAC; CD3 uses the SAA7310 and
SAA7220 with the TDA1541 twin 16bit DAC; CD3a uses the SAA7310 and
SAA7320 Bit Stream Modulation system; and CD4 uses the SAA7310,
SAA7220 and the SAA7320 Bit
Stream system.
If we were to describe all the differences between the various chipsets,
we would have to present an entirely
separate article. What concerns us here
is the standard error correction format used in all CD players. The key
process is CIRC (Cross Interleaved
Reed-Solomon Code - as defined last
month).
A CD player in action
A CD player uses servo controllers
to position the laser assembly under
the spiral track of pits and lands. As
the disc rotates, the photodiodes produce a signal which is amplified and
then fed through a high pass filter to
produce the HF signal. The HF is fed
into the DEMOD circuit. DEMOD has its
own PLL oscillator which runs in sync
with the incoming HF signal which
may fluctuate in frequency slightly.
Then there• are several blocks of
processing with the end result being
the recreation of the original bit clock
and extraction of the subcode, audio
and parity information, and frame and
block sync signals. DEM0D also provides EFM decoding and outputs
subcoding, clock signals and the audio data stream. (Note: this terminology was explained in last month's
article).
The audio symbols are clocked into
a shift register in ERC0 at a rate set by
DEM0D. Once a complete frame has
been passed, (ie, 32 symbols), DEM0D
signals ERC0 that it has filled ERC0's
input buffer. DEM0D then goes about
extracting the next frame from the HF
signal. ERC0 quickly moves the new
frame into an area of RAM to await
further processing. When ERC0 is
ready for the next frame, it clocks it
out of RAM at its own quartz crystal
derived clock frequency.
No wow and flutter
Since the audio data is fed through
the ERC0 process in a different
timespan to when DEM0D read it, and
its propagation is timed by a very
accurate timebase, the PCM audio data
emerging from ERC0 is free from any
fluctuations in speed that DEM0D may
be experiencing or causing. So, because of the RAM buffering, the audio
data stream is completely free of wow
and flutter.
ERC0 de-interleaves the data and
performs CIRC error correction on all
audio symbols and uses parity blocks
to locate erasure corrections (an erasure correction is an erroneous symbol
whose precise location is known).
Once ERC0 has finished its work, it
serially clocks out the audio data to
the interpolator and muting section,
CIM. If ERC0 is unable to correct all
symbols, the erroneous ones are marked with a flag.
For the SAA7000 CIM, single errors
are interpolated and multiple error
bursts are muted (see definition in
last month's article). ERC0 generates a
UNEC flag to mark the errors. The position of the UNEC flag in relation to
the clock pulse tells CIM whether to
interpolate or mute.
In the event of mute action being
needed, ERC0 gives CIM a 5-frame advance warning that an error burst is
about to be sent through.
This badly scratched compact disc was used to obtain the very high readings
shown in the photograph on the facing page. Normally, the readings from a
'clean' CD would be nowhere near this high.
The SAA7210 and SAA7310 perform basic (single symbol) interpolation internally. If a multiple burst occurs, they hold the last known valid
value until the errors pass and then
interpolate the last two values prior
to the valid data returning. In either
case, they both generate a flag, EFAB,
to signal to the SAA7220 (if fitted)
that further action should be taken.
The SAA7220 has the ability to enhance the error handling capabilities
by providing linear interpolation of
up to eight consecutive errors. EFAB
tells it where it needs to act.
After the CIM section, the data
stream is fed into a digital transversal
filter where it undergoes 4x oversampling, stepping up the effective
sampling rate from 44. lkHz to
176.4kHz.
After oversampling and digital filtering, the signal is moved to the DI A
converters which convert the two's
complement, 16-bit audio samples
into an analog current. A current to
voltage converter follows, then finally
a third order Bessel filter to remove
any unwanted harmonics. Some players also have a de-emphasis circuit
incorporated into the I-V converter
whose action is controlled by a signal
from the decoder.
In addition to its audio symbol manipulation, ERC0 also generates a PWM
(Puls e Width Modulation) signal
called MCES (Motor speed Control,
Erco to Servo) which is obtained by
subtracting the current write address
pointer from the current read address
pointer of the CIRC storage RAM. If
the memory is 50% full, the PWM
signal runs at a duty cycle of 50%. If
the memory is greater or less than
50% full, the duty cycle changes to
alter the disc turntable motor speed,
thus increasing or decreasing the data
flow rate.into the RAM buffer.
This system allows the RAM to stay
around 50% full, thus giving maximum data buffering capabilities between the data coming from the disc
and the quartz oscillator clocked data
leaving ERC0. From the time audio
data leaves ERC0 right up to the point
of DI A conversion, the propagation
rate in all stages is controlled by clock
signals derived from the master quartz
based oscillator, hence no wow and
flutter, etc. Philips was the first to use
digital speed control for the disc motor and most other companies have
now followed suit.
The SAA7320 is radically different. It uses a 256-times oversampling
digital filter and creates a 1-bit PDM
(Pulse Density Modulation) signal
which feeds a 1-bit DAC running at a
11.2896MHz; ie, 191.9232 Mbitls. And
you thought your PC worked hard!
This 'Bit Stream Modulation' offers
certain advantages over conventional
DACs - in particular, better linearity
at low signal levels, where 16-bit DACs
perform poorly. The operation of Bit
Stream Processors requires a someAUGUST
1991
67
what lengthy exp lanation which I
won't cover here as it's not important
to the project.
+VCC
+5V
+VCC
a
+5Va
+
L1
10+ 47uH
How the error analyser works
The CD Error Analyser (CDEA) has
two ?-segment displays to count the
number of data dropouts and interpolations which have occurred during
playback of a compact disc. Both
counters operate on a real time basis;
ie, the counters are incremented as
the events occur. Both displays have
four digits but there are facilities to
extend the interpolation counters to
five or six digits if so desired. Overflow indicators flash if the number of
detected events exceeds the counter's
capabi lities.
The counters ignore errors which
occur during track searching as these
are not faults.
·
Why have extra digits on the interpolation counters? Well, more than
9999 dropouts on a disc is rare and
indicates the disc is in urgent need of
cleaning, but one sizeable dropout can
cause thousands of interpolation errors; ie, it could overflow the interpolation counters very quickly. A 6digit display needs 1,000,000 counts
to overflow it. Both the main and display PC boards have facilities for 4, 5
or 6-digit configurations. Other niceties include automatic resetting of the
counters at the start of play and remote power on/off controlled by the
CD player's power switch.
The CDEA has three PC boards: a
main board and a display board which
mount at right angles to each other
and are housed in a low profile instrument case. The third PC board is a
small satellite board fitted inside the
CD player. This board acts as a buffer
to prevent loading of the player's digital circu its by the cable to the CDEA
unit. It also has facilities to configure
the unit to suit the logic levels and
phase (normally high or low) of the
CD player's circuitry. Details on how
to configure this PC board to suit your
F1
100mA
820k
1k
1!
+
10k
DISABLE
I
33+
RX4i
I
I
I
N
X
MUTE 2 Y
J
<>-0--
MUTE 1 U
0---0--
I
I
T
s
SMSE,
MUTE,
MUSB
.,.
+
I
ATSB
01!
b MUTE
+5Va
I
•o!
I
13
+5Va
I
I
HFD
C
HFD
1k
HFD
I
VREF2
I
COUNT
1k
I
I
COUNT
I
d UNEC ,EFAB
10
I
I
I
I
UNEC,EFAB
I
I
I
FCO ,RD
_
r-----4>-------•5Va
1k
RESETl
I
e FCO,RD
I
I
10k
ovo----~.___...,______...,__~~o--cl;I
RESETI
I
j
7-PINDIN
2-_A~LITE !'.E_B ~TED INSID~DMPAC:!_lll~~E~ _ P~ii:rr°
g.,.
11
l
-6-CORE+SHIELD
FLASHOVER
, - -BARRIER
- - --7
A
RX1 +VCC
a
B
I
l
240VAC
+
OC1
MDC3041
10
'~""'
•
1
N n - - --
GND
1
Eo---+
.,.
I
I
I
I
I
EOc
VIEWED FROM
BELOW
+5Va
' U'
OUT
1000 +
25VW+
FARNELL
178-369
+5Vb
10
TANT+
L-----
RELAY
HE721A05
5V
5000
I
D10
1N4004
I .___ _
_..~~,._.-o
------------------·--,
R
Fig.2: the circuit for the CD Error
Analyser is fairly straightforward.
IC8a-lC8c provide the interfacing to
the CD player & drive two 74C926 4digit counters (IC3 & IC4) via NAND
gates ICtb-ICtd. IC5, IC6 & IC7
provide an opnonal 5 or 6-digit
readout for the interpolation display.
68
SILICO N CIIIP
47?
':'
I
I
I
X
+
+
+
1
TANT!
a
7.5V
'--.-.(!\.---------'
OR
V
Ex 1/
J
D8
·u·
R
S
2x1N4004
~
M
·Oz,___ _ _ _ _ _ __,
OR
+5Vb4_,,__.-.,_..,-1-_._-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _.,.__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___,
5
6
LAT OISP
EN SEL
18
vc~
15
OROPOUTS
7x1000
Q4
BC328
a.,:.::.--Yt\\,----7:.ia
b 16
6b
a
cl-'1-"-7_ _..,,,.,.,__..;4'-IC
1,-,b
dl-'1---IN,;,.----'2"!d
_g_
el!2"----IIN,.---1'1e
•J Jc
11'3"---#N.---'g"f
I
,,
-d-
4
2.2k
E
sf'?,
~c
0IS 1-4
4xLTS 47AG
56k
22
+
RBLL?
10 g
OVERFLOW
~
IC3
74C926
.-----e------+5Va
A7
Q6
BC338
s/?)
2 COUNT
- - - - - - '1:.::i
Q7
BC338 C
~E
~
~E
,,_.J] RESET
~.,.
560{)
Q3
8 3
6-~
10k
~~
C
_______J S "\,.I0-'-4-4--'VWi.--Bc.+,/-Iy
IC2b
5_.r
4093
Q8
BC338
C
sl?)
O 11
..,e
C\
t)
BI/)
C 10
-
05 (.
IN4004\:
10k
\..::) E
CARRY
14
~
L-------------------------------~
0.1
10k
►--------------------------------------1::1--~-'¥W+r-..----'•-
.---e-+---------e---.....,._ +5Vb
04
1N4004
_G\
47!
5
6
18
W~f[ vcc
+5Va
INTERPOLATIONS
15
7x100n
b 16
C 17
d 1
4
..
OIS 5-8
4xLTS547AG
1e
e2
~
C
10 g
COUNT
13
+5Va
IC4
74C926
IC2d
s
OVERFLOW
LED1
11
r.-:,.
12
A7
Q10
BC338
56011
C
BI/)
B8
Q2
8C338
g IC2c
~E
s
~
10
10k
4_F
C 10
...J} RESET
012
BC338
01T
C
al?
D 11
C
BI/ I
CARRY
14
/
4F INSTALL LINK FOR 4,5 OR 6 DIGIT
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___.4a~"
'..,.
INTERPOLATION DISPLAY
- 59
1
OPTIONAL -
-
6~
--
--:11-----,t,----.-~-~.---- +5Vb
'
. -...♦--------------♦---....
J:
EN
IC5a
45188
.____J
6
6
Q4F-----''1D
5
Q3F"-----'2
aic
14
02·"' - - - -1
.:ie
I~ L
a 15
CK
1x21on
7a
b 14
6b
C 13
4 C
!.,.:
1
16
LE RSI
1
3
E~o
Q3 13
IC5b
Q2 12
117
g'
g 16
10 g
J~
Q4 14
IC6
45138
Q1F3' - - - - -7'-IA
RST
47
JRST
r
IC7
4513B
a 15
7x270n
7a
b 14
6b
C 13
4 C
12
di-:-=---¥,Yr--:=td
e 11
,...
1e
LfJW:G
Q111
CK
LE RBI
CD ERROR ANALYSER
AUGUST 19 91
69
the CD player's decoder circuitry,
which is usually +5V DC. The circuit
only draws about 20mA from the CD
player, the bulk of which drives the
LED in an optocoupled Triac, or a
reed relay coil (more on this soon). A
lOOmA fuse (Fl) protects the CD
player from any cable faults. Inductor
Ll and the associated 33µF capacitor
form a filter to reduce interference
from the crystal oscillator circuits in
the player.
Satellite board signals
The display board carries the 7-segment LED readouts & the two overflow
indicator LEDs. Note that the prototype included the optional extra circuitry to
obtain a 6-digit readout for the interpolation display.
machine are given later in this s~ries.
Now refer to the circuit diagram
which is quite large but relatively uncomplicated - see Fig.2 . It consists of
an input conditioner, gating network,
counters and power supply.
Input conditioner board
Most chipsets are fabricated with
MOS technology (CDl is NMOS)
which isn't capabte of driving the reactive load of a multicore cable. Thus,
an input conditioning board is used
to act as a line driver/buffer.
IC8 is an LM339 quad high speed
quad comparator with open collector
(0/C) outputs. Each comparator section is used in an exclusive OR gate
mode. This is done by connecting the
70
SILICON CHIP
inverting or non-inverting input to a
reference voltage which is fixed at
half the supply voltage (ie, +2 .5V for
5V logic), while the other input is
connected to specified logic lines in
the CD player.
By swapping the connections to the
two input pins, the comparator can be
used as an inverting or a non-inverting buffer so it can be set to suit normally high or normally low data signals as inputs.
This means that if configured correctly, the signals leaving the conditioning board will be the same for all
players regardless of which chipset is
used.
The conditioner PC board connects
to the same regulated DC supply as
Four control line connections are
made from the CD player to the satellite board. The first is the HFD line
which indicates that a dropout has
occurred. The HFD line is connected
to comparator IC8d and sent to pin 6
ofIClb (on the main board). If pin 5 of
IClb is high, the HFD pulse will be fed
via NAND gate IClb to pin 12 ofIC3 , a
4-digit counter. Hence we have a count
of the dropouts as they occur.
Similarly, the UNEC line indicates
that an interpolation has occurred. It
is connected to comparator IC8d and
sent to pin 9 of IClc on the main
board. From there it goes to pin 12 of
IC4, another 4-digit counter. This gives
a count of the interpolations.
The third control line is FCO which
is connected to comparator IC8b .
When the player is in the stop mode,
this line is high, and it goes low during the startup procedure. At the end
of a disc, it returns high. The high to
low transition only occurs during the
initial starting up of a disc from stationary. When it does so, pin 1 ofICBb
pulls low. This momentarily pulls the
input to ICld low (via the O.lµF capacitor), causing the output (pin 11)
ofICld to go high.
This resets all the counters to zero
and clears the overflow latches,
IC2a-d. So the counters are automatically reset when a disc is started up
from the stop mode.
The fourth and last control line is
MUTE. Having a MUTE line is very
convenient because as the laser skips
across tracks during search operations,
gross errors occur in the audio data
stream. In fact , the Cl and C2 error
syndrome generators in the CD player
literally go berserk.
This would overflow the counters
very rapidly but since these errors
aren't 'fault' errors, we use the MUTE
line to disable the counters , since
MUTE is activated when the CD 's
microprocessor expects errors to occur.
IC8c buffers the line and on MUTE
being activated, it enables Ql to turn
on. This pulls pin 5 of ICl b and pin 8
of IClc low, thus preventing these
gates from passing through HFD and
UNEC pulses to counters IC3 and IC4.
So all pulses actually registered by
the counters will be valid dropouts or
interpolations.
Counters
There were several options to
choose from for the counters. Single
digit CMOS counters are cheap but
take up a lot of space on the PC board.
Multiplexed devices are more compact but are also more expensive. I
decided to use National Semiconductor's MM74C926 4-digit counter. This
device contains the whole works for a
4-digit multiplexed counter and only
needs segment resistors and display
driver transistors as external components.
The counters are RESET by a high on
pin 13. They are incremented by negative-going pulses applied to their pin
12s. When the count reaches 9999,
the next clock pulse sets the CARRY
output, pin 14, from high to low which
toggles the two RS flipflops comprised
of the 4093 quad NANO gate package,
IC2.
Overflow indication
ICla is a square wave generator
which turns Q4 on and off at a frequency of about lHz. When a CARRY
signal appears at the output of IC3 or
IC4, the associated RS flipflop (IC2a,2b
or IC2c,2d) toggles and turns on Q2 or
Q3. This allows the pulsing voltage
from the collector of transistor Q4 to
pass a current through overflow LED
1 or LED 2 so they will blink.
When the reset line from pin 11 of
ICld goes high and clears the counters,
the CARRY outputs go low. If the counter is in the range 6000-9999, CARRY
will be high, so if RESET occurs here,
CARRY will be forced low and thus
toggle the RS flipflops. However, as
the RESET line goes low, the 0. lµF
capacitor on pins 1 & 13 of IC2 couples through a brief negative pulse
which again toggles the flipflops , thus
overcoming the problem.
5 or 6-digit display
If a 5 or 6-digit display is desired,
the additional components shown at
PARTS LIST
1 12V centre-tapped mains
transformer (Farnell Cat.
178-369, see text)
1 neutral gray acrylic filter
(Farnell Cat 178-186)
1 instrument case, 180 x 230 x
40mm (Jaycar Cat. HB-5915)
1 PC board, code SC01405911
1 PC board, code SC01405912
1 PC board, code SC01405913
1 47µH inductor (L 1)
1 100mA M205 quick blow fuse
2 M205 PC fuse clips
4 PC stakes
2 32-way & 2 20-way machined
pin header strips, or 100
Molex pins
4 18-pin DIL IC sockets
1 16-pin DIL IC sockets
2 14-pin DIL IC sockets
1 4-way right angle 0.1-inch pin
launcher (Jaycar Cat. HM3214)
3 8-way right angle 0.1-inch pin
launchers (Jaycar Cat. HM3215)
1 PC-mounting heatsink (DSE
Cat. H-3490)
2 rubber grommets
2 cable clamps
4 rubber feet
1 7-pin DIN plug & socket
1 500mm-length of rainbow
cable
1 240VAC plug & cable
1 1-metre length of 6-core
shielded cable
Semiconductors
2 4093B quad NANO Schmitt
trigger gates (IC1 ,IC2)
the bottom righthand corner of the
circuit are used. The chips involved
are a 4518 dual BCD up counter (IC5)
and two 4513 BCD to 7-segment decoder/drivers (IC6 & IC7).
The CARRY output of IC4 is used to
clock pin 2 of IC5a. The '8' output of
IC5a is then used to clock pin 10 of
counter IC5b. The '8 ' outputs of both
IC5a (pin 6) or IC5b (pin 14) are used
to generate an overflow pulse for a 5
or 6-digit readout respectively, and a
link on the main PC board is placed in
one of three holes to determine the
number of digits. The BCD outputs go
to IC6 and IC7, the 4513 BCD to 7-
2 74C926 4-digit decade counters
(IC3,IC4)
1 45188 dual BCD up counter
(IC5; optional)
2 4513B ?-segment decoder/
drivers (IC6,IC7; optional)
1 LM339 quad comparator (IC8)
1 MOC3041 zero-crossing
optocoupled Triac (OC1)
1 7805 +5V voltage regulator
(REG1)
11 BC338 NPN transistors (01 -3,
05-12)
1 BC328 PNP transistor (04)
10 1N4004 diodes (D1-9,D13)
10 LTS547AG 0.52-inch green?segment common cathode LED
displays
2 3mm green LEDs (LED 1 ,2)
Capacitors
1 1000µF 25VW PC electrolytic
4 47µF 16VW PC electrolytics
1 33µF 10VW PC electrolytics
1 22µF 16VW PC electrolytics
2 10µF 16VW PC electrolytics
1 10µF 16VW tantalum
3 1µF 16VW tantalum
5 0.1 µF metallised polyester
(greencap)
Resistors (0.25W, 5%)
1 820k.Q
4 1k.Q
1 56k.Q
2 560.Q
15 10k.Q
14 270.Q
1 5.6k.Q
14 100.Q
1 2.2k.Q
Miscellaneous
Spacers, screws & nuts , tinned
copper wire , solder, heatsink
compound, adhesive labelling .
segment decoder/ drivers, which directly drive the LED displays through
270.Q current limiting resistors, one
for each segment.
Why did we use 4513s instead of
4511 , 4543 , 4056 or 4026s? The 4543 ,
4026 and 4056 have high sink capabilities but poor source currents at 5V,
so they would need a bank of driver
transistors to match the drive currents
of the 74C926. The 4511 has the drive
but doesn't put the tails on a 6 or 9 so
it displays them as a. 'b' and 'q' respectively. The 4513, however, gives
full 6's and 9's at up to. 20mA at 5V
and so is the ideal choice.
A UGUST 1991
71
Most of the circuitry is mounted on two PC boards which are soldered together
at right angles, while a third interface board mounts inside the CD player. Full
construction details will be published next month, together with the interfacing
details for players using Philips chipsets.
The LED displays used in the prototype are Litton LTS547 AG 's, a green
common-cathode, high intensity 0.52inch unit sourced from Adilam Electronics. Hewlett Packard has a comparable but more expensive device,
the HDSP5603. Priced midway is the
Senior SEC5612 which is available
from Panel Parts.
Green displays were used because
most CD players have a blue-green
fluorescent display, so the CDEA will
complement it. Red displays such as
FND500, LTS547 AP or HDSP5303 can
be used but will have a reduced brightness and in any case , red displays
look less attractive.
Power supply
To make thc'1)roject as universal as
· possible, there are several power supply options available. The recommended way is a small PCB-mounted
5VA transformer from Farnell Electronics , as shown on the circuit dia72
SILICON CHIP
gram. A +5V DC rail comes from the
CD player via fuse F1 to drive the LED
in OC1, a MOC3041 zero-vo ltage
switching optocoupled Triac.
When the CD player is turned on, a
20mA current flows through F1 and
the LED in OC1. This turns on the
Triac, thus supplying 240VAC to the
transformer primary. RX1 limits the
current from the CD player's power
supp ly and the associated 10µF capacitor bypasses transients. (For RX1,
use 1500 for +5V, 3300 for +9V and
4700 for +12V).
So we have an on/off power control
slaved from the CD player's power
supp ly. The MOC3041 keeps the
mains supply well away from the CD
player's circuits.
The dual 6V secondaries are connected via diodes D8 and D9 which
form a fullwave rectifier to feed a
1000µF filter capacitor. This supplies
a 3-terminal regulator, REG1, to provide a +5V DC supply to the circuit.
There are numerous bypass capacitors placed strategically around the
PC board as well.
Alternatively, you may wish to
power the unit from a freestanding
transformer or a plugpack (AC or DC).
The PC board has the facilities to take
any of these, using either a fullwave
bridge (single winding) or fullwave
centre-tapped (or dual secondaries)
format. A miniature reed relay is used
to switch the secondary current because we are only switching low
voltages and an optocoupler can't be
used.
Resistor RX2 is used to feed the
miniature reed relay's coil. If the CD
player's control voltage is +5V, the
resistor is not required. For a voltage
of +9V, the resistor is 3900 and for
+12V, 6800.
Next month, we shall complete the
presentation of the CD error analyser
and show how to connect it to typical
CD players.
SC
• Stud. I.E. Aust; Dept. of Electronic
and Computer Engineering , James
Cook University, Townsville.
SERVICE IS ... THE DIFFERENCE
INTERFACE CARDS
Serial 1/0 Card 4 port
Serial 1/0 Card 8 port
Games card 2 port
Parallel printer card
Serial 2 port XT
Serial 2 port AT
Serial/Par/GamesXT/AT
2Serial /2Parallel
Multi I/O S/P/G/C/F xt/at
Proto Board w /decoder
Slot Extension Kit
WAS
NOW
$199.00
$449.00
$ 29.50
$ 24.95
$ 55.00
$ 65.00
$125.00
$ 75.00
$125.00
$149.00
$199.00
$179.00
$429.00
$ 25.00
$ 19.95
$ 35.00
$ 40.00
$ 62.50
$ 50.00
$ 99.00
$ 99.00
$149.00
MONITOR SAVINGS
14" Super VGA Monitor 1024 x 768 .28" dot includes TILT Swivel base
NORMALLY $899.00 NOW$649.00
e with 8 bit 256K card $775.00 e with 16 bit 256K card $849.00
e with 16 bit 512K card $875.00
e with 16 bit 1Mb card
$999.00 SUPER SPECIAL
Please note heavy item special shipping rates apply
' 42Mb Voice Coil HOD with Controller /AT Bus'"" /
Normally this unit would
SELL for $750.00
\...
r
NOW ONLY $475.00
SAVE36.6%
286-12 MHz Motherboard
Special for August $299.00
If you purchase one of these motherboards in August you
will receive 1Mb of RAM FREE
EXTERNAL FLOPPY DISK
DRIVES
3.5 880K Macintosh series
5.25 164K Apple 11 E
5.25164KApple 11Gs
3.5 720K Amstrad PC 1~1640
3.5 1.44 Amstrad PC 2000 :
5.25 360K Amstrad PC 2000
5.25 1.2 Amstrad PC 2000
5.25 1.2 Amstrad Portalble
3.5 720K Atari St
5.25 360K/720k 40/80 Atari ST
3.5 880K Amiga 500/1000/2000
5.25 360K Amiga 500/1000/2000
3.5720KIBM
3.51.44 IBM
5.25360KIBM
5.251.2 IBM
5.25 1.2 IBM PS11
5.25 360K Toshiba/portables
5.25 1.2 Toshiba/portables
$349.00
$249.00
$269.00
$269.00
$329.00
$329.00
$329.00
$399.00
$269.00
$299.00
$199.00
$299.00
$299.00
$329.00
$299.00
$329.00
$449.00
$349.00
$399.00
We also stock a huge range of cables,
adaptors, switch boxes and chips. Call
today for very competitive pricing.
DEALER ENQUIRIES WELCOME
"
MOTHERBOARDS
808812Mhz
8088 12Mhz 640K installed
8088 12Mhz 1Mb installed
8088 31 Mhz
8088 31 Mhz 640K installed
8088 31 Mhz 1Mb installed
80286 12Mhz
80386 25Mhz Cache
80386 33Mhz Cache
80486 25Mhz Cache
WAS
NOW
$ 129.00
$ 250.00
$ 300.00
$ 225.00
$ 335.00
$ 385.00
$ 350.00
$1995.00
$2495.00
$ 109.00
$ 199.00
$ 235.00
$ 189.00
$ 279.00
$ 319.00
$ 299.00
$1495.00
$1795.00
$4395.00
SUPER SPECIAL
. , \...~------------F..i
8028616Mhz NEAT
$ 699.00
MOUSE / JOYSTICK
ASK FORA
COPY OF
OUR FREE
CATALOGUE
3 Button , MOUSE r,.,.1i,crosoft or mouse system compatible 200dpi resolution
BARGAIN PRICE
$39.95
3 Button JOYSTICK
$35.00
$ 449.00
CLOCK CARD INCLUDING SOFTWARE
You will often see these cards advertised elsewhere for around
$50.00. Don't delay this time.
Limited Quantity
SAVE 50% NOW $25.00
WILL YOU BE AN EARLY BIRD?
In conjunction with 'Silicon Chip', Comma Corp and PC Marketplace will
release what could be the project of 1991. Build your own Fax/Modem.
This kit will enable.you to convert your PC (or Macintosh) computer to a Fax machine.
As well as Fax send and receive the Comma Fax/Modem will also operate as a
modem V22 / V22 bis standards ( V21 / 23 option). Kit will include all the components,
professional case plus power supply as well as Fax send/receive and modem software.
Reserve your Fax/Modem kit today for only $299.00
Note: This device is not Austel approved. Connection to Telecom lines is an offence. Delivery early September
TRY PC MARKETPLACE SUPERFAST MAILORDER - PHONE OR FAX TODAY!
pfii{ (jfeeson's
-
PERSONAL COMPUTER MARKETPLACE Pty Ltd
- ~-~
-----------------------------===,........,
- -.
"'.
PHONE (02) 418 6711
I
I - ■
~~~
FREIGHTCHARGES
Include $1 Owith order for all normal items.
13
0
Orde~
orderb~:::~::~::£~:~Yi~~~,:::·by mail.
P.O. Box 1100 Lane Cove
Unless insurance is declined it will be charged at
1%oftotal purchase. This is for your protection.
NSW 2066
PRICES CURRENT FOR MONTH OF PUBLICATION OR WHILE STOCKS LAST
e
i~~r~~~~
SERVICE IS
THEDIFFERENCE e
SERVICE IS THE DIFFERENCE
e
VISA
•
..-i. ■
-
1• 1 I ~
...., J
j .. i
SERVICE IS THE DIFFEREf',fCE
~ j ,_,...
r,◄
~
._.4
J. [._J __ L :! _ ~ ~._,!!1.:!
e
SERVICE IS THE DIFFERENCE
The Story of
Electrical Energy, Pt.12
The first major sections of the Snowy
Mountains Hydroelectric scheme to come
on line were all underground. Huge
caverns and tunnels had to be carved out
of the mountains & mammoth electrical
machinery installed.
By BRYAN MAHER
A shining example of the design
ingenuity and the enormous size of
the Snowy Mountains Hydroelectric
project becomes apparent when we
look at the Eucumbene-Tumut tunnel
construction. Its complexity is typified in the control of water flow in
two directions through the system.
Twenty two kilometres in length,
this is the longest tunnel in the
scheme. Bored right through the Great
Dividing Range, in places as much as
520 metres below the massif above,
this tunnel traverses the worst fault
zones found in these mountains.
Excavated throughout its length to
a diameter of 6.9 metres (22 feet 6.7
inches), the tunnel was steel and con-
crete lined in regions of vertical faults
and possible ground movement. This
lining extends over 28% of the length
of the tunnel.
The first step in lining the tunnel
was to install massive 250 x 125mm
structural steel ribs. In the most critical sections, a cage structure of steel
reinforcing rods was welded to the
ribs and then the final concrete lining
was sprayed on to form the finished
tunnel walls.
Because of its smooth bore, 6.4 metres in diameter, the concrete lined
tunnel carries the 114m3/sec water
flow as easily as the larger rough
walled unlined sections. It's interesting to note that the 1-metre gauge
railway tracks, used during construction to carry men and materials, still
run down the centre of the finished
tunnel floor.
The diagrams of Fig.1 show the
Eucumbene-Tumut tunnel and the
Happy Jacks Junction. A huge bulkhead gate, together with a guard gate,
each 6.4 x 3.91 metres, controls the
water flow at the Lake Eucumbene
portal.
Similar hydraulically operated gates
are installed at the Tumut Pond outlet
structure. Fine control of the flow rate
is achieved by a 6.4 x 3.9-metre regulating gate mounted back in the tunnel.
The Eucumbene-Tumut tunnel
passes approximately 100 metres bee
low the confluence of the Happy Jack
and Upper Tumut rivers. Here a small
dam forms a pondage. From its floor,
a 5.5-metre diameter vertical shaft
brings water down to join the main
east-west tunnel. Flow from Happy
Jack is then regulated by a 6.2-metre
gate valve.
Siphon intakes
Taken during the construction of the Eucumbene Tumut tunnel, this photo
shows the heavy bracing installed before it was lined with concrete. In the
foreground is a battery-operated locomotive which was used for transporting
men and equipment.
74
SILICON CHIP
Siphon intakes, whereby water can
be collected by tunnels from rivers
under which they pass, are used
extensively in the Snowy. Up to 20
:ii
I
This is Tumut Pond, the reservoir for the Tumut 1 underground power station.
It is held by an 86-metre high thin concrete arch dam which was completed in
1958. Tumut 1 was Australia's first underground power station.
siphons operate in sequential order,
carrying water down to the tunnel
below. The purpose of the siphon system is to prevent the intake from scavenging the total river flow in times of
low rainfall.
As rain or snowmelt increases, more
siphons automatically come into operation, conducting an increased share
of the water down the shaft to the
tunnel below - see Fig.2.
The reservoir providing the water
head for Tumut 1 power station is
Tumut Pond, high above in the mountains. Sitting astride a broad fault zone,
this reservoir is held by an 86-metre
high thin concrete arch dam. Holding
53 gigalitres of water at a height of
1158 metres above sea level, this dam
was completed in 1958.
Thus, the Eucumbene-Tumut was
the first transmountain section of the
Snowy Scheme to be placed in service.
Underground power stations
A unique feature of the Snowy Hydroelectric scheme is the arrangement
of two underground power stations in
tandem. Fed in turn by essentially the
same water, both power stations are
buried deep within the granite moun- ·
tains.
When it first came on line in December 1959, Tumut 1 ushered Australia into the age of underground
power stations. Boasting the greatest
water head for the day (292.6 metres),
the four 82 megawatt Francis turbines
were the first in operation on the western side of the scheme. Each turbine
rotates at 375 RPM and drives a 16pole alternator mounted immediately
above it.
The machine hall was hewn from
the mountain 's interior, 415 metres
below the surface. It is 93 metres
across and 34 metres high and required the excavation of over 100,000
tonnes ofrock. It is the equivalent of a
large city building buried deep underground. Excavation commenced in
May 1955 and the station was completed 4½ years later.
Pressure shafts
From Tumut Pond reservoir, the
Tumut 1 pressure tunnel runs 2.4 kilometres north-westward through the
mountain at a slight downward gradient. At 6.4 metres in diameter, this
fully lined tunnel can carry as much
as 125 tonnes of water per second.
At a point almost above the underground power station, the tunnel divides into two 3.66-metre steel lined
shafts which drop 240 metres to feed
the power station's four turbines. The
water regulating valves at the power
AUG UST 1991
75
UMUT1
RESSURE TUNN
INLET
GATE
-~-'< *"
4:,
\
D
AC
GATESHAF
~t
~i
\'
- ~'r
"'~
2
3
.......__._.......____.___.____----'
-__. . .4,
y--r-<- ),.. -1--<'j
SCALE OF MILES
PLAN OF EUCUMBENE-TUMUT TUNNEL
6 0 0 0 ~ - - - --
- - - - - - - - -- -- - -- - - -- - - - - -- - --
- - - -- - - - - - - - - ,
5000
i
GATE SHAFT
~ 4000
0
;
EUCUMBENE-TUMUT TUNNEL
C
~ 3 0 0 0 H - - ~ ~ = ~ - - - --
- - -- - - - -- - - - - - - --
- -- - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - t
fil
a:
20001--- -- - -- - - -- --
- ~- - -- - - - ~ 2 ~ - - - --
-4-- - --
-
- - --
-----------j
SCALE OF MILES
1 0 0 0 ' - - - - - --
-
- -- -- - - - - -- - -- - - - - - - - -PROFILE OF EUCUMBENE-TUMUT TUNNEL
Fig.1: these diagrams show the plan and cross-section of the Eucumbene Tumut
tunnel which can transport water in either of two directions between Lake
Eucumbene & Tumut Pond Reservoir.
station are continually adjusted to
control the turbines , as required by
the varying electrical loading on the
generators. At any partial or complete
valve closure, the momentum of many
thousands of tonnes of water rushing
through the pressure tunnel must be
safely controlled.
This is done with the aid of a very
large surge chamber. As shown in
Fig.3, two 5.5-metre diameter shafts
rise 82 metres to a much larger chamber 15.3 metres in diameter and 40
metres high.
Electrical aspects
Many innovations in electrical engineering are to be found in the Snowy
Scheme. The four 80 megawatt alternators at Tumut 1 each produce a
12.5kV 3700 amp 3-phase output. This ·
must be stepped up to 330kV for transmission to the state grid system.
From the underground alternators,
the shortest path to the aboveground
76
SILICON CHIP
high voltage switchyard is about 500
metres via the cable tunnel. This
would be much too far to run the
12.5kV 3700 amp generator conductors because there would have been
considerable resistance losses. Therefore, the 12.5kV /330kV step-up transformers were located underground in
a chamber adjacent to and almost as
large in floor area as the turbine hall.
The transformer bay contains seven
single phase, oil filled, water cooled
transformers. Each is mourited on
flanged wheels. These fit a set of rails
via which any transformer can be
wheeled out to the assembly bay. Here
access is available to the two 110/ 10tonne capacity station cranes.
But why have seven single phase
transformers when the four alternators have 3-phase output? The unusual setup means that six transformers are always connected, with one as
a spare. Each transformer has two
12.5kV 28MVA primaries and one
-
-
- - - --
- -- -- -- - - '
191kV 56MVA secondary winding.
As the circuit diagram of Fig.4 illustrates, pairs of generators share one
bank of three transformers to provide
330kV 3-phase output. The star connection of three 191kV secondaries
produces a line-to-line voltage of
330kV (191kVx [sqrt]3 = 330kV). The
delta primary connections, on the
other hand, allow circulation of 3rd
harmonic currents caused by the nonlinearity of the transformer core permeability.
This delta connection is necessary
as the three isolated iron cores do not
allow 3rd harmonics in the magnetic
flux to circulate between phases to
stabilise the secondary neutral potential.
Output cables
The total output from Tumut 1
power station is carried by two 330kV
168MVA circuits. From the underground transformer hall, power is carried by six single core oil-filled paper
insulated 330kV cables. These are laid
within the cabltJ tunnel to the surface.
DURING JULY - SEPTEMBER
and only while stocks last
WINTER SPECIALS
TYPl~AL INTERMEDIATE INTAKE SHAFT
GROUND
SURFACE
NOTE:-NUMBERING OF SIPHONS INDICATES
SEQUENTIAL ORDER OF OPERATION
SECTION THROUGH INTAKE
INTAKE STRUCTURE
TRASHRACK
SLOT
INFRA RED NIGHT VIEWER Similar
to E.A project (May and Sept. 90) , but is smaller
when assembled. Yes this kit includes an adjustable high quality long range mil spec lens with a
built in IR filte r as well as a high quality eyepiece .
The tubes are NEW IR types (BWB 258).
The lenses and
eyep ieces were
removed
from
NEW mil spec
night vis ion equipment and guara nteed not to have
any b lemishes.
You wou ld norma ll y pay over
$2000 for a viewer which uses a sim ilar tube and
optics!
The lens, tube, eyepiece, are only part
of the complete kit supplied.
The Price of this bargain???:
$ ... 299. 00
SHAFT
What is in the kit : A BWB258 tube, an adjustable
long range objective lens, an adjustable eyepiece,
sufficient plastics for the case, a 775mm round IR
filter, an electronics kit as per the E.A May 90 article,
and the instructions.. Kit No. IRNW5
SPILLWAY CREST
MORE BARGAINS?: Check our adds
in the "MARKET CENTRE" of this
ma azine.
2mW PHILIPS LASER HEAD WITH
UNIVERSAL 12V POWER SUPPLY
\
\
I
\
FOUNDATION
EXCAVATION LINES
~
DRAINAGE HOLES~
SECTION THROUGH TYPICAL DIVERSION DAM
10
$175. 00 for the pair!!
20
SCALE OF FEET
VORTEX
CHAMBER
TOOMA-TUMUT TUNNEL
Fig.2: a typical siphon intake system, as used to take water from the Happy Jack
River to the Eucumbene Tumut tunnel below. In this scheme, a system of up to
20 siphons comes into operation sequentially, depending on the height of water
in the river.
From there, they run via by an arched
bridge across the upper Tumut River
gorge to the open air switchyard.
These high voltage single core cables in the cable tunnel cannot have
steel armouring. If they did, the AC
magnetic field produced by the currents in the cable would induce eddy
currents in the steel sheath. These
eddy currents would lead to huge
losses, manifested as destructive heating of the cable sheath.
The electrical output from Tumut 1
power station ushered in the first
330kV substation on the NSW grid
system. This was built at Yass in 1959,
Uses a brand new. high quality, encapsulated and
wired visible (red ) He-Ne Laser Head . The head is
easy to handle and use. It has a very tight beam
(0.95mR). making it intense at good distances, and
more suitable for most applicat ions . Head dimensions: 37mm diameter by 260mm long. Supplied
with our newest 12V "Universal Laser Inverter" kit
which powers all He-Ne tubes. This inverter comes
with a totally prewound transl ormer. instructions. and
even some plastic casing. Very easy to construct.
and very efficient. The Special July - Sept. Price??
An incred ible:
where seven 330/132kV transformers
were installed.
Second use of the water
Having done its work in Tumut 1,
the water exiting from the four turbines flows via the tail water tunnel to
Tumut 2 power station. With a width
of 8. 53 metres and height of 7. 7 metres, this horseshoe section tailwater
tunnel has the largest cross sectional
area of any tunnel in the Snowy system.
So large is the interior volume of
this tunnel, that four Sydney suburban trains could fit in together; two
2mW PHILIPS LASER HEAD WITH
MAINS POWER SUPPLY (Kit No. LK13)
Alternatively you can purchase the same 2mW Laser
Head with a very small profess ional (Illustrated) 240V
power supply, th at even has a TTL interlock: needs 3SV approx. 3mA, across two isolated terminals (Opto
isolator built in the
supply). to sw itch
the laser ON . Nor' mally you would pay
over $250 for the
supply alone , but
',
during July August
.,
the price f or the
____ ______
_.,, ,
head and the 240V
supply is an unbelievable:
$210. 00 torthepeiir!!
(KitNo.LK14)
We also have a limited number o f some larger 24 mW "Mail es Griot" laser heads wit h a similar
deal (dimensions: 45mm diameter by 275 mm
long.)
LK16 • 2•4mW Melles Head with universal 12v
kit supply : $225 .00
LK17 - 2-4 m W Melles head w ith mains supply: $260.00
LASERS are not for kids: DANGER
OATLEY ELECTRONICS
PO BOX 89, OATLEY, NSW2223
Telephone:
Fax No:
(02) 579 4985
(02) 570 791 0
Certified p&p: $5 inAust. NZ (Airmail):$1 o
Melbourne Distributor Electronics World
(03) 723 3860 or (03) 723 3094
AUGUST 1991
77
a
GROUNO SURFACE
SECTION THROUGH TUMUT 2 SURGE TANK ANO PRESSURE SHAFT
100
200
100
SCALE OF FEET
•
RL2603
SURGE TANK
28' DIA
EIGHT MILE
CREEK,.,---PRESSURE SHAFT 11-6" DIA
TOP OF STEEL LINING SHAFT-B RL2348
CROSS SECTION OF PRESSURE SHAFT
STEEL REINFORCEMENT
STEEL LINING
PAY LINE
STRUCTURAL STEEL
10
TO TUMUT 2
POWER STATION
RL1761
15
SCALE OF FEET
Fig.3: the surge chamber used for Tumut 2 power station. Surge chambers are
there to stop the equivalent of "water hammer" in the pressure shafts feeding
the turbines. When the water is shut off or reduced in flow, the surge chamber
prevents a huge rise in water pressure which would otherwise occur due to the
momentum of thousands of tonnes of water moving at high speed.
abreast and stacked two high! This
huge 300 metre length of tunnel forms
the lower surge chamber.
Tandem underground stations
It is indeed unusual to find a tandem arrangement of underground
power stations. Yet that is the way
Tumut 1 and Tumut 2 are constructed.
The Tumut 1 tailwater tunnel discharges into Tumut 2 pondage. This
is a small surface holding stage in a
cleft of the mountains, 20 hectares in
area, held by a very small concrete
dam 46 metres high. From this
78
SILICON CHIP
pondage, a second pressure tunnel
carries the water 4.8 kilometres
through the mountains to Tumut 2
power station.
Above Tumut 2 the pressure tunnel
divides into two steel lined
downcomer shafts. These slope downwards 230 metres to feed water to the
four 71.6MW turbines.
Water equalization
Normally, both Tumut 1 and Tumut
stations use exactly the same water
flow. But provision must be made in
the design for possible load shedding
2
Left: Tumut 1 power
station during the
excavation stage, in the
mid-1950s. This was
Australia's first
underground power
station .
.
,,,:,;...-,.,_
·.«~,
l
,,
•
5
10
15
20
SCALE OF FEET
SECTION THROUGH TUMUT 2 POWER STATION
Fig.4: cross section of the Tumut 2 power station which, like Tumut 1 station, is
built entirely underground in a chamber excavated out of the rock.
AUGUST
1991
79
A
GENERATOR 1
8
C
A
8
C
330kV
~T
GENERATOR 2
or shutting down of any of the Tumut
2 machines. At the same time, Tumut
1 must be allowed to run at full power.
For this contingency, a huge surge
tank and overflow spillway was constructed at the junction of Tumut 2
pressure tunnel with the two downcomers (ie, exit pipes).
The vertical surge tank, 8.5 metres
in diameter and 76 metres high, was
excavated within the mountain, steel
reinforced and concrete lined. The
top of this tank opens to a huge spillway capable of discharging 7474 cubic metres of water per minute.
Exit Tumut 2
Fig.5: the novel transformer connection used for the Tumut 1
power station. Six single phase transformers (with one as a
spare) handle the 3-phase output of the alternators.
Having passed through the Tumut
2 turbines, water exits via the 6km
long tail water tunnel to be returned to
the Tumut River downstream. From
this point on, the water flows aboveground, eventually to pass through
yet more power stations.
The rest of this story, including
pump storage (effectively storage of
AC electricity), the Murray system and
the first interconnection of three states'
electricity grids , will be left until next
month.
Power & energy
Some readers may be puzzling over
a small apparent discrepancy: Tumut
1 power station, with four machines,
generates 320MW; using the same
number of turbines and literally the
same water, Tumut 2 only provides
280MW. Why the difference?
The reason is to do with the head of
the water. Tumut 1 turbines are driven
by water at constant pressure caused
by its 292 metre head. On the other
hand, Tumut 2 works from a 262.1
metre head. Less pressure at Tumut 2
means that the turbines cannot produce as much power, even though the
water flow rates of both power stations are equal.
Interestingly, whereas Tumut 1 machines rotate at 375 RPM, the smaller
machines at Tumut 2 run faster at
428.57143 RPM (long term average).
Why? The alternators at Tumut 1 have
16 poles while those at Tumut 2 have
14 poles.
Acknowledgement
Tumut 1 power station as it is today - quiet, reliable and pollution free.
80
SILICON CHIP
Special thanks and acknowledgements to Libby Langford and the
Snowy Mountains Hydroelectric Authority for data, photos and permission to publish.
SC
~~■-IIIIMORDERFORM
/
USE THIS FORM FOR ALL YOUR SILICON CHIP PURCHASES
SILICON CHIP BINDERS:
Yes! Please rush me _ _ _ SILICON CHIP binder(s)<at> $A14.95 each including postage. (Overseas
orders please addA$3.00 each for postage). Total $A_ _ _ __
SPORTS SHIRT:
Please send me _ __ Sport Shirt(s)<at> $A24.95 including postage. (Overseas orders please add $A3.00 for the
additional postage). Size(s): S(Qty)_ M(Qty)_ L(Qty)_ XL(Qty)_ XXL(Qty)_. Total $A_ __
SLOPPY JOE:
Please send me _ _ Sloppy Joe(s)<at> $A27.95 including postage. (Overseas orders please add A$3.00 for
the additional postage). Size(s): S(Qty)_M(Qty)_L(Qty)_XL(Qty)_XXL(Qty)_. Total A$_ __
BACK ISSUES: $A5.00 each (including postage). Overseas orders add $A 1.00 per issue for postage.
ISSUE
YEAR
ISSUE
YEAR
ISSUE
YEAR
ISSUE
YEAR
TOTAL $A
SUBSCRIPTIONS ..
RATES:
□ NEW SUBSCRIPTION: Month to Start
□ RENE WAL: Sub No.
(PLEASE TICK ONE)
Start In
2 years
(24 issues)
1 year
(12 issues)
O$A84
O$A42
□ GIFT SUBSCRIPTION: Month To Start
Your Details
Australia
Australia with Binder(s) O$A105
O$A53
Mr/Mrs/M s:
NZ & PNG (Airmail)
O$A130
O$A65
Overseas Surface Mail
O$A130
O$A62
Overseas Airmail
O$A240
O$A120
Address
Postcode
Daytime telephone number: _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Gift Subscription Details
Enclosed is my cheque/money order for $_ __
or debit
myOIEE)I
0!111 Di
Message: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
v1sA
J
1 11 1111111111 1 11~1~~
Card expiry date
Signature _ _ __ __ _ _ __
_ _!__ _
Mr/Mrs/Ms: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Address: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
_ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _Postcode _ _ __
-a:r (02) 979 5644
Fax the coupon with your
Credit Card details
24 Hours, 7 Days a Week
9am - 5pm Mon-Fri.
Please have your Credit Card
details ready.
Mail coupon to:
FREEPOST 25
Silicon Chip Publications
PO Box 139
Collaroy Beach NSW 2097
No stamp required in Australia
VINTAGE RADIO
By JOHN HILL
Getting out of trouble again
Some time back I wrote an article about getting
out of trouble. No it wasn't about some domestic
problem or a brush with the law; it was about
getting out of the sort of trouble that vintage radio
restorers frequently run into. Repairing old
radios is not always easy!
The previous story was well received so I have decided to do another one along similar lines, but solving different probl ems. The first example is a good illustration of the
troubl es one can encounter when tinkering around w ith ancient radios.
The receiver in this case was not
min e. It belonged to a guy I know who
runs an antique shop. He usually
doesn 't stock old radios in his shop
because he claims that they are too
troubl esome , but h e bought this particular set because h e liked the look of
it. In fact, h e liked it so much that it
went into his house and not the shop.
Both he and his wife enjoyed their
old radio for a while, until it started to
crackle and make strange noises. In
due course, it ended up on my workbench for repair. The radio was a 5valve German Saba, a large table model
with a tuning indicator and a timber
cabinet.
As is typical of some European sets,
it required more than the usual time
and effort before the chassis and loudspeaker were on the benchtop, ready
German metal valves were nothing like their American counterparts. Finding
replacements for these valves was a problem for servicemen over many years &
led to many substitutions.
82
SIUCO,\J CIIII'
to be worked on. And it was obvious
from the start that the radio had been
serviced on several previous occasions. The strange mixture of valves
alone was enough to attract anyone's
attention. There were two original
metal valves, one miniature 7-pin
valve and one octal valve.
In addition, the rectifier valve was
missing and had been replaced by
solid state diodes.
The loudspeaker and several other
components WEffe dated February,
1939. No doubt this particular radio
had relayed the rantings and ravings
of the Fuhrer himself to some German
family during the war years.
German metal valves
The two original metal-cased valves
in the receiver were an ECHl 1 and an
EBFl 1 . I twigged to the valve problem
straight away because I had read about
German metal valves only a few days
before.
These valves were Germany's answer to the American octal metal
valves. However, the valves were by
no means interchangeable because the
German 8-pin base configuration was
nothing like the American octal configuration (see photograph).
The valve construction was different too. Instead of the valve elements
being arranged vertically as was the
established pattern of the times, the
German metal valves were made with
the electrodes running horizontally.
While .this made no difference to the
operation of the valves, it made a big
differenc e to their size and they were
much larger _in diameter than the
American metal types.
Apparently, the German valves did
not become popular (although Philips
produced some) and the intervention
of the war only made this situation
worse. German metal valves, it seems,
/
/
Only one of the these three valves in the old Saba is an original. At left is the
substitute 7-pin IF amplifier, at centre the original EBF11 duo diode triode
(AGC, detection & first audio), and at right the substitute 6V6 audio output
valve.
tally and a resistor rating of 5 watts
will usually be necessary.
(Editorial note: the cathode/plate
impedance of a vacuum rectifier, such
as an 80 or 5Y3, is relatively high. At
typical current drains (80-1 00mA), the
DC voltage from the rectifier is approximately equal to the RMS supply
voltage.
On the other hand, the loss across a
silicon diode is of the order of only a
volt or less, regardless of current drain.
As a result, the voltage across the first
filter capacitor can approach the peak
value supply voltage or 1.4 times the
RMS voltage) .
The ECHl 1 frequency converter
valve was still working OK, so this
part of the receiver had not been altered. However, the intermediate frequency (IF) amplifying valve had most
definitely been tampered with. As
shown in the accompanying photograph , the original valve has been replaced with a 7-pin miniature type.
This valve is mounted above the old
socket, with leads running down
through the old socket to the circuit
underneath the chassis.
This conversion may look a bit
makeshift but it is effective and the
substitute valve can be replaced as
easily as the original.
The next valve was the EBF11, a
duo diode triode which handles the
automatic gain control, detection and
first audio functions. These operations
were still being looked after by the
original valve and again there were
no modifications to this part of the
circuit.
6V6 transplant
The rectifier valve had been replace<;l with high voltage solid state power
diodes. This is not the sort of thing a vintage radio restorer would do unless
he had no alternative.
were used mainly by the Germans.
As a result, the receiver on my workbench was a hard one to buy valves
for. Now I'm not saying that they are
unobtainable, but the chances of obtaining a set of these oddball valves
would be pretty slim. They would be
quite costly too!
Interesting solutions
The interesting aspect of this set is
the ways in which presumably different servicemen have overcome this
valve replacement problem.
As previously stated, the rectifier
replacement was easily solved by substituting solid state diodes. Some
power diodes are rated at 400 or 1000
volts and these are suitable substitutes for a thermionic rectifier valve.
However, this modification will increase the high tension (HT) voltage
significantly above that available from
a normal rectifier valve setup. For
this reason, the HT voltage should be
checked and resistance added to the
supply line, ideally between the rectifier and the first electrolytic, to restore a reasonable value. The actual
value is best determined experimen-
The final stage, the audio output,
was another substitution job and it
was done in a different manner to the
IF valve and the power rectifier. In
this case, the original valve socket
had been replaced with a standard
octal socket and a common and easily
obtainable 6V6 valve installed in its
place.
This 6V6 transplant is perhaps the
neatest way to go about this type of
modification. While the little IF valve
mounted up on stilts works OK, it is
not as neat a job as the output valve
set up.
Likewise with the diodes soldered
to the empty rectifier socket. Admittedly it is a satisfactory repair, but not
the type of thing a vintage radio man
would go for. An empty valve socket
A UGUST 1991
83
done with considerable care.
First, the substitute valves will need
to be fairly close equivalents to the
originals. Second, each new socket
must be fitted and rewired in accordance with the original socket connections. Any foul-ups here could be very
difficult to locate later on.
So a job of this nature requires a
systematic routine. As each socket
connection is disconnected, the lead
or leads should be taped together and
labelled. Perhaps the serviceman's not
so neat techniques are not so bad after
all.
\
Curing the problem
This particular receiver can be converted from 2.5V to 6.3V valve operation
simply by plugging in the new valves & adding a 6.3V heater transformer. Not
all sets can be converted this easily, however. It all depends on the original
valve complement.
looks as though something is missing.
If a repair of this nature has to be
done, then at least leave the old valve
in its socket and install the diodes
und erneath the chassis where they
are out of sight.
Naturally, the serviceman and the
vintage radio restorer see things differently. The serviceman is only concerned with getting the receiver working again . The vintage radio enthusiast, on the other hand , not only wants
it working but also wants the set to
continue looking as it did before.
In the case of the old Saba with its
oddball metal valves, originality cannot be easily achieved. Perhaps a conversion to octal valves would not be a
bad modification in this instance. In
fact , a set of octal metal valves would
surely be a reasonable compromise.
But while it's easy to suggest altering the set to suit readily available
valves, converting the receiver is a big
job. Not only would the changeover
be time consuming but it must also be
Many valuable old valves can be reclaimed by replacing
missing top caps. This involves resoldering the top cap to
the lead where it emerges from the glass & then securing
the cap to the glass with a couple of drops of Superglue®.
84
SILI CON CH/I'
To finish off the story on the Saba,
replacing a suspect electrolytic and a
couple of sick looking paper capacitors solved the crackling problem. The
set was then returned to its owner
with the advice to sell it either to his
worst enemy or to someone with the
time and resources to restore it to
original condition.
It's not that bad really, but the old
Saba could be an awkward one to
repair the next time something else
goes wrong.
Continuing along in the same vein,
any type of valve modification is OK
if it allows a receiver to be repaired
satisfactorily. If an obscure type of
valve can be easily replaced with a
more common type, it can save a lot
of trouble and expense.
A receiver with hard-to-get 2.5 volt
A small transformer such as this will suffice for a heater
transformer. In some sets, converting from 2.5 volt valves
to 6.3 volt equivalents is one way of solving difficult valve
problems.
Resurrection
Radio
Vintage Wireless
Specialists
Repairs - Restoration - Sales
Our skilled technicians offer QUALITY repairs
and restoration.
·
We also have a large stock of Bakelite and
Timber radios fully restored and for SALE .
Old 2.5V & 4V series valves such as these are often difficult to obtain and
substituting other valve types is one way of getting a set going again.
valves can be converted to early 6.3volt valves without too many hassles
due to the fact that the valve bases are
the same. In favourable circumstances,
all that is required is a 6.3 volt transformer for the valve heaters in place
of the original 2.5 volt supply.
There is often plenty of room under
the chassis to mount another transformer and special "heaters only "
transformers for that specific purpose
were made in the past.
In many cases, no other rewiring
may be required. Many of the early
6.3 volt valves were direct equivalents to their 2.5 volt brethren, the
heater voltage being the only difference.
In other cases, careful consideration must be given to the existing
valve types and to those that will replace them. The job may not be as
easy as first thought. For example, a
2.5 volt 59 output valve with its 7-pin
base has no convenient 6.3 volt equiva-
lent. On the other hand, a 2A5 can be
replaced with a 42, the heater voltages
being the only difference with these
valves.
Missing top caps
There is just enough space left for
one more valve hint and it concerns
valves with missing top caps. Usually
another top cap can be soldered back
on and a couple of drops of superglue
will hold it firmly in place. But sometimes the grid wire breaks flush with
the glass and there is nothing to solder to.
When this is the case, the glass can
be nibbled away with a knife or some
other suitable tool until it exposes a
short length of the wire. With care, an
extension can be soldered onto the
stump and, in turn, soldered to the
top cap. This process may be a bit
fiddly but it effectively restores an
otherwise useless valve to working
order again.
SC
Parts are available for the enthusiasts
including over 900 valve types, high voltage
capacitors, transformers, dial glasses,
knobs, grille cloth etc.
Circuit diagrams for most Australian makes
and models.
Send SAE for our catalogue .
WANTED - Valves, Radios , etc.
purchased for CASH
Call in to our Showroom at:
51 Chapel Street, Windsor,Vic 3181
PO Box 1116
Telephone: (03) 529 563!:J
The book of facts!
FERROMAONEIIC CORFS
• Materials
• Design
• Applications
illA.mid~,n
.,.~~.r.~1;~
Complete data on over 500 types of Iron Powder
and Ferrite cores and assemblies, all available
in Australia! $1C
U.'11 post paid from :
i=o
RCS Radio Pty Ltd is the only company which
manufactures and sells every PCB f, front panel
published in SILICON CHIP, ETI and EA .
STEWART ELECTRONIC
COMPONENTS Pty. Ltd.
651 Forest Road, Bexley , NSW 2207. Phone (02) 587 3491.
P.O. Box 281 Huntingdale 3166
PH (03)543-3733 FAX (03)543-7238
ACN 004 518 898
AUGUST 1991
85
Silicon Ch-i p
BACK COPIES
May 1988: Optical Tachometer For Aeromodellers ; High Energy Ignition For Cars ; Ultrasonic
Car Burglar Alarm ; Walkaround Throttle For Model
Railroads , Pt.2 ; Designing & Building RF
Attenuators ; Motorola MC3334P High Energy Ignition IC Data.
July 1988: Stereo Control Preamplifier, Pt.2 ; Fitting A Fuel Cut-Off Solenoid; Booster For TV &
FM Signals ; The Discolight Light Show, Pt.1; Tone
Burst Source For Amplifier Headroom Testing ;
What Is Negative Feedback, Pt.3 ; Amplifier Headroom - Is It A Con?
Au·gust 1988: Building A Plasma Display; Universa l Power Supply Board ; Remote Chime/Doorbell ; High Performance AC Millivoltmeter, Pt. 1;
Discolight Light Show, Pt.2; Getting The Most Out
Of Nicad Batteries ; Data On Insulated Tab Triacs.
September 1988: Hands-Free Speakerphone;
Electronic Fish Bite Detector; High Performance
AC Millivoltm eter , Pt.2; Vader Voice; Motorola
MC34018 Speakerphone IC Data; National Semi conductor LM 12 150W Op Amp Data & Applications ; What Is Negative Feedback, Pt.4.
October 1988: Stereo FM Transmitter (Uses
Rohm BA1404); High Performance FM Antenna ;
Matchbox Crystal Set; Electronic House Number ;
Converting A CB Radio To The 28MHz Band ;
Queensland's Powerful Electric Locomotives.
November 1988: 120W PA Amplifier Module
(Uses Mosfets); Poor Man's Plasma Display; Automotive Night Safety Light; Adding A Headset To
The Speakerphone; How To Quieten The Fan In
Your Computer; Screws & Screwdrivers, What
You Need To Know; Diesel Electric Locomotives.
December 1988: 120W PA Amplifier (With Balanced Inputs) , Pt.1 ; Diesel Sound Generator; Car
Antenna/ Demister Adaptor ; SSB Adaptor For
Shortwave Receivers ; Electronics & Holden's New
V6 Eng ine; Why Diesel Electrics Killed Off Steam;
Index to Volume 1.
January 1989: Line Filter For Computers; Ultraso nic Proximity Detector For Cars; Simple Computer Sound Repeater; 120W PA Amplifier (With
Balanced Inputs) Pt.1 ; How To Service Car Cassette Players; Massive Diesel Electrics In The
USA; Marantz LOSO Loudspeakers.
February 1989: Transistor Beta Tester; Minstrel
2-30 Loudspeaker System ; LED Flasher For Model
Railways (uses LM3909); Build A Simple VHF FM
Monitor (uses MC3362), Pt.1; Lightning & Electronic Appliances; Using Comparators to Detect &
Measure.
March 1989: LED Message Board, Pt.1; 32-Band
Graphic Equaliser, Pt.1; Stereo Compressor For
CD Players; Map Reader For Trip Calculations;
Amateur VHF FM Monitor, Pt.2 ; Signetics NE572
Compandor IC Data; Electronics For Everyone Resistors.
April 1989: Auxiliary Brake Light Flasher; Electronics For Everyone: What You Need to Know
About Capacitors; Telephone Bell Monitor/ Transmitter; 32-Band Graphic Equaliser, Pt.2; LED Message Board, Pt.2.
May 1989: Electronic Pools/Lotto Selector; Synthesised Tom-Tom; Biofeedback Monitor For Your
PC; Simple Stub Filter For Suppressing TV Interference; LED Message Board, Pt.3; Electronics
For Everyone - All About Electrolytic Capacitors.
Use this handy form to order your back copies
---------------------------------Please send me a back issue for:
O September 1988 O October 1988
U February 1989
D March 1989
0 July 1989
0 August 1989
O December 1989
0 January 1990
O May 1990
O June 1990
o October 1990
o November 1990
'..J March 1991
O April 1991
O
0
0
0
0
O
O
0
May 1988
November 1988
April 1989
September 1989
February 1990 .
July 1990
December 1990
May 1991
0 July 1988
O December 1988
D May 1989
o October 1989
O March 1990
O August 1990
0 January 1991
O June 1991
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
l -__ _
August 1988
January 1989
June 1989
November 1989
April 1990
September 1990
February 1991
July 1991
Enclosed is my cheque/money order for $_ _ _ __ _ or please debit my :
O Bankcard
Card No.
$5.00 each (includes p&p). Overseas orders add $1 each for postage . NZ orders are sent air mail.
Signature _ _ __ __ __ __ _ _ _ Card expiry date _ _ /_ _
Detach and mail to:
SILICON CHIP PUBLICATIONS
PO BOX 139
COLLAROY BEACH NSW 2097
Name _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ __
Street _ __ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ __ _
Suburb/town _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ __ ___ Postcode _ __ _ __
O Visa Card
O Master Card
Or call (02) 979 5644 & quote your
credit card details. Fax (02) 979
6503
x
I
I -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -86
S IL/ C:() 1\' CIIII'
Dangers of Polych lorinated Biphenyls; The Bose
Lifestyle Music System ; Using The NE602 In
Home-Brew Converter Circuits.
November 1990: Low-Cost Model Train Controller; Battery Powered Laser Pointer; A Really
Snazzy Egg Timer; 1.5V To 9V DC Converter;
How To Connect Two TV Sets To One VCR;
Introduction To Digital Electronics; Simple '6Metre Amateur Transmitter.
December 1990: DC-DC Converter For Car Amplifiers ; The Big Escape - A Game Of Skill; Wiper
Pulser For Rear Windows; Versatile 4-Digit Combination Lock; SW Power Amplifier For The 6Metre Amateur Transmitter; The Green CD Pen
Controversy; Index To Volume 3.
June 1989: Touch-Lamp Dimmer (uses Siemens
SLB0586) ; Passive Loop Antenna For AM Radios ; Universal Temperature Controller; Understanding CRO Probes ; LED Message Board, Pt.3 ;
Coherent CW - A New Low Power Transmission
Technique.
July 1989: Exhaust Gas Monitor (Uses TGS812
Gas Sensor); Extension For The Touch-Lamp
Dimmer; Experimental Mains Hum Sniffers; Compact Ultrasonic Car Alarm; NSW 86 Class Electric
Locomotives; Facts On The PhaxSwitch - Sharing Your Phone Line With A Fax Machine.
August 1989: Build A Baby Tower AT Computer;
Studio Series 20-Band Stereo Equaliser, Pt. 1;
Garbage Reminder - A 7-Day Programmable
Timer; Introduction To Stepper Motors; GaAsFet
Preamplifier For The 2-Metre Band ; Modern 3Phase Electric Locomotives.
September 1989: 2-Chip Portable AM Stereo
Radio (Uses MC13024 and TX7376P) Pt.1 ; AlarmTriggered Telephone Dialler; High Or Low Fluid
Level Detector; Simple DTMF Encoder; Studio
Series 20-Band Stereo Equaliser, Pt.2 ; Auto-Zero
Module for Audio Amplifiers (Uses LMC669) ; A
Guide To Hard Disc Drives.
October 1989: Introducing Remote Control ; FM
Radio Intercom For Motorbikes (Uses BA 1404 &
TDA7000) Pt.1 ; GaAsFet Preamplifier For Amateur TV ; 1Mb Pri nter Buffer ; 2-Chip Portable AM
Stereo Radio , Pt.2; Installing A Hard Disc In The
PC; A Look At Australian Monorails.
November 1989: Radfax Decoder For Your PC
(Displays Fax , RTTY and Morse); Super-Sensitive FM Wireless Microphone; FM Radio Intercom
For Motorbikes, Pt.2; 2-Chip Portable AM Stereo
Radio , Pt.3; Floppy Disc Drive Formats & Options; The Pilbara Iron Ore Railways.
December 1989: Digital Voice Board (Records
Up To Four Separate Messages); UHF Remote
Switch ; Balanced Input & Output Stages; Data
For The LM831 Low Voltage Amplifier IC ; Install
A Clock Card In Your PC; Index to Volume 2.
January 1990: Service Tips Fo r Your VCR;
Speeding Up Your PC; Phone Patch For Radio
Amateurs; High Qua lity Sine/Square Oscillator;
Active Antenna Kit; The Latest On High Definition
TV ; Speed Controller For Ceiling Fans; Designing
UHF Transmitter Stages.
February 1990: 16-Channel Mi xing Desk; High
Qu ality Audio Oscillator, Pt.2 ; The Incredible Hot
Canaries; Random Wire Antenna Tuner For 6
Metres; Phone Patch For Radio Amateurs , Pt.2;
PC Program Calculates Great Circle Bearings ; A
Look At Computer_Interfacing .
March 1990: 6/12V Charger For Sealed LeadAcid Batteries; Delay Unit For Automatic Antennas; Workout Timer For Aerobics Classes ; 16Channel Mixing Desk, Pt.2; Using The UC3906
SLA Battery Charger IC ; The Controls On A Model
Aircraft .
April 1990: Dual Tracking ±50V Power Supply;
VOX With Delayed Audio; Relative Field Strength
Meter; 16-Channel Mixing Desk, Pt.3; Simple Service Tips For Your Microwave Oven ; Model Aircraft
Aerodynamics ; Active CW Filter For Weak Signal
Reception.
May 1990: Build A 4-Digit Capacitance Meter;
High Energy Ignition For Cars With Reluctor Distributors; The Mazzie CW Transceiver; Waveform
Generation Using A PC, Pt.3; 16-Channel Mixing
Desk, Pt.4; What To Do When Your Computer
Goes Bung, Pt.1.
June 1990: Multi-Sector Home Burglar Alarm;
Low-Noise Universal Stereo Preamplifier; Load
Protection Switch For Power Supplies; A Speed
Alarm For Your Car; Design Factors For Model
Aircraft; Fitting A Fax Card To A Computer; What
To Do When Your Computer Goes Bung, Pt.2.
January 1991: Fast Charger For Nicad Batteries,
Pt.1 ; The Fruit Machine; Two-Tone Alarm Module; Laser Power Supply; LCD Readout For The
Capacitance Meter; How Quartz Crystals Work;
The Dangers When Servicing Microwave Ovens;
Electric Vehicles - The State Of The Art.
February 1991: Synthesised Stereo AM Tuner,
Pt.1 ; Three Inverters For Fluorescent Lights; LowCost Sinewave Oscillator; Fast Charger For Nicad
Batteries, Pt.2 ; How To Design Amplifier Output
Stages; Tasmania's Hydroelectric Power System.
March 1991: Remote Controller For Garage
Doors, Pt.1; Transistor Beta Tester Mk.2; Synthesised AM Stereo Tuner, Pt.2 ; Multi-Purpose 1/0
Board For PC-Compatibles; Universal Wideband
RF Preamplifier For Amateurs & TV ; A Look At
Config.Sys & Ansi .Sys; High-Voltage DC Transmission Systems.
April 1991: Steam Sound Simulator For Model
Railroads; Simple 12/ 24V Light Chaser ;
Remote Controller For Garage Doors , Pt.2; Synthesised AM Stereo Tuner, Pt.3; A Practical Approach To Amplifier Design, Pt.2; The Easytune
FSK Indicator For HF Transmissions ; Playing With
the Ansi.Sys File.
May 1991: Build A DTMF Decoder; 13.5V 25A
Power Supply For Transceivers ; Stereo Audio
Expander; Fluorescent Light Simulator For Model
Railways ; How To Install Multiple TV Outlets, Pt.1;
Motors For Electric Veh icles ; High-Power DC
Transmission Lines.
July 1990: Digital Sine/Square Generator, Pt.1
(Covers 0-500kHz) ; Burglar Alarm Keypad & Combination Lock; Simple Electronic Die; Low-Cost
Dual Power Supply; Inside A Coal Burning Power
Station; What To Do When Your Computer Goes
Bung, Pt.3; Weather Fax Frequencies.
June 1991: A Corner Reflector Antenna For UHF
TV; Four-Channel Lighting Desk, Pt.1; 13.5V 25A
Power Supply For Transceivers ; Active Fi lter For
CW Reception ; Electric Vehicle Transmission
Options; Tuning In To Satellite TV , Pt.1.
August 1990: High Stability UHF Remote Transmitter; Universal Safety Timer For Mains Appliances (9 Minutes) ; Horace The Electronic Cricket;
Digital Sine/Square Wave Generator, Pt.2 ; The
Tube Vs. The Microchip (Two Shortwave Receivers Compared) ; What To Do When Your Computer Goes Bung, Pt.4.
July 1991: Battery Discharge Pacer For Electric
Vehicles; CD Error Analyser, Pt.1 ; Loudspeaker
Protector For Stereo Amplifiers ; Four-Channel
Lighting Desk, Pt.2; How To Install Multiple TV
Outlets, Pt.2 ; Tuning In To Satellite TV , Pt.2 ; PEP
Monitor For Transceivers ; The Snowy Mountains
Hydroelectric Scheme.
September 1990: Music On Hold For Your Telephone; Remote Control Extender For VCRs ;
Power Supply For Burglar Alarms ; Low-Cost 3Digit Counter Module; Voice Mail For Your Computer; Simple Shortwave Converter For The 2Metre Band; How To Make Dynamark Labels.
October 1990: Low-Cost Siren For Burglar
Alarms ; Dimming Controls For The Discolight;
Surfsound Simulator; DC Offset For DMMs; The
PLEASE NOTE:
All issues from November 1987 to April 1988, plus
June 1988, are now sold out. All subsequent issues are presently in stock. For readers wanting
articles from issues out of print, we can supply
photostat copies (or tearsheets) at $5.00 per article , including postage. When supplying phot_
ostat
articles or back copies , we automatically supply
any relevant Notes & Errata, at no extra charge.
AUGUST 199 1
87
AMATEUR RADIO
BY GARRY CRATT, VK2YBX
Ferrites - how they work &
why they are used
In many RF applications where large values
of inductance are required in physically small
areas, air spaced inductors cannot be used
because of their size. The solution is to use
ferrite-cored inductors.
One way of decreasing the size of a
coil while maintaining a given inductance is to decrease the number of
turns but increase the magnetic flux
density. This flux density can be increased by decreasing the reluctance,
or magnetic resistance path, between
the windings of the inductor.
It's possible to do this by adding a
magnetic core material, such as iron
or ferrite , to the inductor. The permeability (µ) of either of these materials
is much greater than of air and thus
the magnetic field is not as "reluctant" to flow between the windings
when compared to an air-spaced inductor.
The net result of adding some -kind
Fig.1: typical magnetisation
curve for a ferrite core.
Note .that once the material
is magnetised, it exhibits a
degree of hysteresis, as
indicated by the dotted
curves.
of magnetic core to an inductor is the
ability to produce a given inductance
with less turns. There are several advantages in doing this: (1) smaller size;
(2) increased Q (less turns means less
DC resistance); (3) variability - this
can be obtained by physically moving
the core through the windings. However, such an approach requires careful selection of the core for a particular application.
For example, if the core permeability is excessively high for the frequency at which the inductor is used ,
the circuit will be more sensitive to
temperature variations (ie, temperature variations will cause excessive
variations in the value of the induct-
BsATl--------:::=--oi't""',--
,,,
/
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
88
SILICO N CHIP
_,,..,...,.
HsAT
H
(AMPERE TURNS/METRE)
ance). Also, if the permeability is too
high for the frequency of operation,
saturation of a magnetic core may result, which again changes the value of
the inductor.
All magnetic core materials tend to
introduce loss. The correct material
must be chosen for the appropriate
frequency. If incorrect material is used,
it may make no difference to the realised inductance as the core may appear "transparent" if its permeability
approaches that of air. In addition, if
the permeability is too high, core saturation may result.
Magnetisation curve
Fig.1 shows the typical magnetisation curve for a magnetic core. The
curve simply indicates the magnetic
flux density (BJ that occurs in the
inductor with a specific magnetic field
intensity (H) applied. As the magnetic field intensity is increased from
zero (while increasing the applied signal voltage), the magnetic flux density between the turns of the inductor
increases linearly. The ratio of the
magnetic flux density to the magnetic
field intensity is called the permeability of the material.
At this stage, we could branch into
a mathematical discussion relating to
the calculation of permeability. However, all we need say is that the permeability of material is a measure of
how well it transforms an electrical
excitation into a magnetic flux. The
better it is at this transformation, the
higher the permeability.
For our application, we need to keep
the excitation level low enough to
maintain operation in a linear portion
of the curve. Any further increase in
excitation may cause core saturation,
A large range of ferromagnetic cores is available from Stewart Electronics
Components Pty Ltd, PO Box 281, Huntingdale, 3166. Phone (03) 543 3733.
at which point no further increase in
magnetic flux density can occur.
Saturation
The magnetic flux density at which
saturation occurs (BsATl is specified
by manufacturers and varies substantially from core to core, depending on
the size and shape of the material.
It's important to know the BsAT for
a particular core as this will determine the suitability for a particular
circuit. As the BsAT is a published
figure, we need to know the in-circuit
operational flux density (Bop). This
can be mathematically determined by
the formula shown below.
Bop= Ex 10 8 / 4.44(fNAel, where
Bop = magnetic flux density in
Gauss
E = maximum RMS volts across the
inductor
f = frequency in Hz
N = number of turns
Ae = cross sectional area of the core
in cm 2 •
If the calculated Bop for a particular application is less than the published specification to be set for a
particular core, then the operation will
be largely linear and the core will be
suitable for the application.
There are really no fixed rules governing the use of ferrite cores versus
powdered iron cores in RF circuits. In
many instances, given the same permeability and type, either type could
be used without any change in performance. But there are some exceptions to this rule. Powdered iron cores
can typically handle higher RF power
without saturation core damage than
the same size ferrite cores.
For example, ferrite tends to retain
its magnetism permanently if driven
with a large amount of RF power.
This means a permanent change to
the characteristics of the permeability. By contrast, powdered iron will
eventually return to its initial permeability if overdriven.
So in any application where high
RF power levels are involved, iron
cores might seem to be the best choice.
Also, in general, powdered iron cores
tend to yield higher Q inductors at
higher frequencies than the same size
ferrite core. This is due to the inherent core characteristics of powdered
iron, which produces much less internal loss than ferrite.
This characteristic of powdered iron
makes it very useful in narrow band
or tuned circuit applications, as. commonly encountered in receivers and
transceivers.
Table 1 shows various types of powdered iron material and their frnquency classification. However, ferrite cores have a significant advantage and that is that their permeability is much higher than for the same
size powdered iron core. This means
that a coil of given inductance can
usually be wound on a much smaller
ferrite core and with fewer turns. And
this in turn means that less circuit
board area is used.
General composition
Most readers can imagine the composition of a powdered iron core but
few may be aware of the nature and
composition of ferrite. The general
composition of ferrites used for magnetic cores is a ceramic iron oxide
with the general formula MeFe 2 O4 ,
where Me represents one or several of
the divalent transition metals such as
manganese, zinc, nickel, cobalt, copper, iron or magnesium.
The most popular combinations are
manganese and zinc or nickel and
zinc. These compounds exhibit good
magnetic properties below a defined
temperature called the Curie Temperature (CT). These materials can easily
be magnetised and have a very high
intrinsic resistivity. Such material can
Table 1: Powdered Iron Materials
Material
Properties
Applications
Carbonyl C
Medium Q at 150kHz; high cost
AM tuners; low frequency IF
transformers
Carbonyl E
High Q & medium permeability from
1-30MHz; medium cost
IF transformers, antenna coils,
general purpose designs
Carbonyl J
High Q at 40-100MHz; medium permeability;
high cost
FM & TV circuits
Carbonyl SF
High Q to 50MHz
Similar to Carbonyl E
Carbonyl TH
Higher Q than carbonyl E up to 30MHz, but
less than carbonyl SF
Similar to carbonyl E
Carbonyl W
High Q to 100MHz; medium permeability;
high cost
FM & TV circuits
Carbonyl HP
Excellent stability & good Q
Low frequency applications to
50kHz
Carbonyl GS6
Good stability & high Q
Commercial broadcast
frequencies
IRN-8
Good Q from 50-1 S0MHz; medium priced.
FM & TV circuits
A UGUST 1991
89
2000
F8
1000
~
i!:
:::;
ia
~
:lo
(a)
TYPICAL INDUCTOR
(b) TOROIDAL INDUCTOR
Fig.2: toroidal inductors radiate far less than
conventional inductors since the magnetic flux is
contained within the material itself.
Fig.3 (right): this graph shows the optimum frequency
ranges for various grades of ferrite.
be used to very high frequencies without laminating, as would normally be
required when using other magnetic
metals.
Manufacturing process
The manufacturing process for ferrite is quite remarkable. The raw materials used are oxide or carbonates of the constituent metals. The
final material grade determines the
necessary purity of the raw materials
to be used. The base materials are
weighed in the correct proportions
required for final composition and
the powders then mixed to obtain a
uniform distribution. Finally, the
mixed oxides are calcined at approximately 1000°c.
This process is called "sintering"
and consists of mixing metal powders
having different melting points, and
then heating the mixture to a temperature equal to the lowest melting
point of any of these metals. A solid
state reaction then takes place between
the constituents and a ferrite is fm;med.
Pre-sintering is not essential but provides a number of advantages during
the remainder of the production process.
Pre-sintered material is milled to a
specific particle size, usually in a
slurry with water. A small proportion
of organic binder is added and then
the slurry is spray dried to form granules suitable for forming.
Most ferrite parts are formed by
pressing. The granules are poured into
a suitable die and then compressed.
The organic binder acts in a similar
way to an adhesive and a so-called
"green" product is formed. This is
still very fragile and requires sintering
to obtain the real ferrite properties.
90
SILICON CHIP
500
F14
200
F16
ffi 100
a.
....<
E
:!a
F25
50
F29
20
10
0.1
0.2 0.3 0.5
For some products (eg, long rods or
tubes), a material is mixed into a
dough and extruded through a suitable die. The green cores are loaded
on refractory plates and sintered at a
temperature between 1150° -1300°C,
depending on the ferrite grade. A linear shrinkage ofup to 20% takes place
(note: the material can be cut to length
either before or after sintering).
Sintering may take place in tunnel
kilns having a fixed temperature and
atmosphere distribution, or in box
kilns where temperature and atmosphere are computer-controlled as a
function of time. The latter type is
more suitable for high grade ferrites.
After sintering, the ferrite core has the
required magnetic properties and dimensions typically within 2% of
nominal size (because of variations in
shrinkage).
Toroids
The self-shielding properties of a
toroid become evident when Fig.2 is
examined. In a typical air-cored inductor, magnetic flux lines linking
Large split ferrite shields can be used
to suppress noise in computer ribbon
cable. The unit shown here is
available from Stewart Electronic
Components Pty Ltd.
2
3
5
10
20 30
50
100
200 300
FREQUENCY (MHz)
the turns of the inductor take the shape
shown in Fig.Za. This clearly shows
that the air surrounding the indµctor
is definitely part of the magnetic flux
path. Thus , the inductor tends to radiate the RF signals flowing through
it.
A toroid on the other hand (see
Fig.Zb) completely contains the magnetic flux within the material itself,
and thus no radiation occurs. This
characteristic of toroids eliminates the
need for bulky shields around an inductor. These shields not only reduce
available space but they also reduce
the Q of the inductor that they are
shielding.
Ferrite heads
Most readers will also be aware of
suppression beads which are manufactured from relatively high permeability ferrites and then threaded onto
wire leads. At frequencies well beyond the normal operating range, these
beads provide a series impedance, the
resistive component of which acts as
an imaginary resistor in series with
the circuit being protected, while the
reactive component looks like a series inductance.
Suppression beads are used in this
manner to prevent high frequency
leakage and to prevent parasitic oscillation arising from spurious feedback.
They are also used for the suppression of interference. This form of protection is possible because at frequencies far removed from the normal range
of application, the losses in ferrites
are very high.
A ferrite bead threaded onto a lead
produces no noticeable direct affect
on the operation of equipment because at low frequencies, th e series
impedance is very low. But while the
bead has no effect at low frequencies,
it acts as a suppressor at very high
frequencies. This is because the losses
in the ferrite become high at high
frequencies. At the same time, the
reactance generally increases with frequency in spite of a gradual loss of
permeability.
This decrease in permeability becomes noticeable at frequencies 1020 times higher than the upper limit
of the normal range of application.
Fig.3 shows the optimum frequency
ranges for various grades of ferrite.
When using ferrite as a suppression
bead, it is important to use a grade
where the impedance is high at the
frequency we wish to suppress. The
series impedance of a wire threaded
through a bead is proportional to the
length of the bead or the number of
beads used.
Alternatively, several turns of wire
can be wound through the bead to
produce a higher impedance. This
technique is often used at VHF. Many
popular electronics outlets also stock
a 6-hole suppression bead which provides even more protection. So it can
be seen that ferrites can be used to
eliminate all sorts of interfering signals due to the high losses in ferrite
material at high frequencies.
It has also been demonstrated that
ferrites can play a valuable part in the
design of modern communications
equipment, as they allow a reduction
in circuit board area due to the shielding effect. Some communications
equipment specialists even stock a
range of feed-through capacitors with
built-in ferrite beads. This combination forms a re-section filter and is
ELECTRONICS
WORLD
New Universal Remote Control
* Replaces up to five separate audio/
These feedthrough capacitors come
with built-in ferrite beads & make
very effective n:-section filters where
space is limited.
very effective where space is limited.
In addition, "split ferrite shields"
are now available for use on computer ribbon cable (see photo).
Another simple yet practical use
for ferrite is the "magic wand". This
uses a ferrite slug attached to one end
of a piece of PVC tubing and a brass
grub screw at the other end. To determine if a coil in a circuit requires
more or less inductance for optimum
operation, either slug is inserted into
the coil. The ferrite slug will cause an
increase in inductance while the brass
slug causes a decrease.
So the magic wand can be used as a
tuning aid, when adjusting tuned circuits.
Further reading
(1) Neosid Magnetic Components
Catalog.
(2) "Ferromagnetic Cores", Stewart
Electronics Components Pty Ltd ..
(3) "Ferrites"; Siemens Databook.
(4) "Magnetic Products Data Handbook - Soft Ferrites"; Philips Components.
(5) "RF Circuit Design"; Sams Books .
(6) "Ferrite Cores-2 For Telecommunications & Industry Fields"; TDK
Databook.
SC
A simple tuning
wand can be made
by attaching a
ferrite slug to one
end of a piece of
PVC tubing and a
brass grub screw
to the other.
video remote controls.
* A total of 85 total commands
available.
* LCD display shows functions .
* Alarm/countdown, timer/clock
* Bk memory.
Was $79.95
Now $63.95
12 volt DC / 12 watt P.A.
Amplifier
Was $109.95
Now $89.00
240V AC/ 12 volt DC 15
watt P.A. Amplifier
Was $164.95
Now $129.00
Microphone to suit P.A.
DM 626
$15.95
100 metere speaker cable
$16.95
12 volt Blue strobe light $32. 95
Portasol portable butane
powered soldering iron $39.95
Miniscope soldering iron
Not $74.95 but only $59.95
Superscope soldering iron
Value at $64.95
now only
$54.50
Scope 3.3 volt<at> 30A
transformer Reduced from
$79.95
to $65.00
Full range of Scope parts
available for Miniscope and
Superscope soldering irons.
Mail Orders and
Retail Sales
Electronics World
30 Lacey St, Croydon
VIC, 3136.
Telephone: (03)723 3860
(03)723 3094
Fax:
(03)725 9443
Disposal bargain store at
27 The Mall
Sth. Croydon, Vic, 3136
Telephone: (03) 723 2699
Sorry no transmitting equipment
available at the disposal store
/\ UGUST 1991
91
ASK SILICON CHIP
Got a technical problem? Can't understand a piece of jargon or some technical principle? Drop us a line
and we'll answer your question. Write to: Ask Silicon Chip, PO Box 139, Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097.
Help needed to
obtain parts
I am in need of some special parts
and would like to know where I can
get them from. I think they are
MOSFETS, FETS or power transistors
and the case is, I think, either 90-05 or
199-04 or similar.
The only clues as to what they are
or do are their part numbers. They are
both Toshiba parts - the part numbers
being 2SC32 and 2SA02 - and are
made in Japan. If you or anyone else
can help I would greatly appreciate it.
(J. Evans, Blackburn Sth, Vic).
Endorsement of the high
energy ignition system
Two or three weeks back, I phoned
to say that my high energy ignition
(HEI) kit did not perform as well as
my older dwell extended TAI. The
TAI gave my 202 HZ Holden Kingswood tremendous power and fuel
economy, particularly at low RPM. The
HEI now has identical performance to
the TAI.
I should point out that this 3.3-litre
six spends most of its time running
below 2500 RPM and might occasionally hit 4000 RPM on the highway. So
Problem with the
Steamsound Simulator
I have built three Steamsound
Simulator kits, two for my friends
and one for myself. Wouldn't you
know it, the unit I built for myself
would not operate properly. The
kit operates but the volume is well
down. I've tried replacing the
LM324 op amp IC but no luck. I'd
certainly appreciate a little advice.
(W. C., Cooroy, Qld).
• Generally, circuits such as these
do not have faulty ICs.
You should be able to check the
operation of the circuit by divid-
92
SILICON CHIP
the low power range from 600-3000
is of particular interest to me.
I made the following changes individually with subjective testing after
each change, over several days.
My low power test is a hill outside
my home. If I had to move the throttle
more than the tiniest amount, the
change was ineffective. My high
power test is a half-kilometre hill in
an 80km/h zone near my home. The
speed limit should be obtainable and
maintainable with less than full throttle.
The changes I made are in chronological order with the results alongside.
(1) . Fitted and checked HEI; results
were disappointing across the entire
range: (a) low power test - over half
throttle required; (b) high power test full throttle maintains 80km/h.
(2). Boosted lead sizes from 8-amp
figure 8 cable to 20-amp 240V V105
cable: (a) low power test - about half
throttle; (b) high power test- full throttle yields about 85km/h.
(3). Installed a 0.22µF collector capacitor on the Darlington transistor:
(a) low power test - about 1/3 throttle;
(b) high power test - full throttle yields
about 85km/h.
(4). Mounted the unit in the same
RPM
ing it into two parts. For example,
you can check the main op amp
and the noise generator circuitry
by connecting a 6V DC supply
across the 0.lµF capacitor at the
junction of the 150kQ/330kQ resistors. This should give you quite
a high noise output from the
speaker.
If this does not occur, the most
likely suspects are Ql (the noise
transistor) the speaker itself or its
associated 10µF coupling capacitor. If the foregoing check proves
to be OK, then the problem is likely
to be in the modulation part of the
circuit and possibly involves Q2.
position as on VH 202 Commodore ie,
2.5cm from distributor. Shortened the
primary path by connecting the coil
primary direct to the Darlington transistor instead of via the PC board. The
total primary lead length is now 22cm:
(a) low power test - about 1/4 throttle;
(b) high power test - full throttle would
exceed 90km/h, speed limit now
maintainable, with less than full throttle
(5). Increased the collector capacitor to 0.47µF 630V polyester: (a) low
power test - less than 1/ 4 throttle; (b)
high power test - full throttle would
exceed 100km/h, significantly less
than full throttle required to maintain
speed limit.
Increasing the capacitor above
0.47µF yielded less than favourable
results, so I went back to the 0.47µF.
(6). Replaced both five watt wire
wound resistors with carbon film 1 W
units in parallel to achieve the same
result. This has improved the high
power test slightly.
I liked the HEI when I first saw the
circuit because it uses high voltage/
high temperature components. The
TAI ran hot which worried me. The
0.487V collector voltage of the MkII
and the 0.946V collector voltage of
the HEI makes no measurable difference in performance. The fuel
economy and performance of the vehicle is now excellent.
A few additional comments: (1).
Dwell extension dates back to 2-point
distributors in the early 1930s; (2).
CDI crossfire is something I have never
experienced, even though I fitted CDI
systems to four Holdens.
What appears to be detonation/preignition caused by crossfire is actually a byproduct of the improved efficiency of the engine. All my electronic ignitions, whether they were
CDI, TAI or HEI, revealed pre-ignition/detonation on long grades.
The explanation as tow],· 'his happens goes like this: (a) a lec..n mixture
burns slow and hot; and (b) a rich
mixture burns fast and cold.
The electronic ignitions improve the
combustion efficiency of the engine
permitting the (a) scenario at speed
ranges the manufacturer never envisaged because his standard ignition
produced scenario (b). The solution
is to fit spark plugs of the same gap,
thread etc, but with "colder" heat
range. Note: full throttle killed the
detonation. Had the symptom been
crossfire , it would have become worse
under full throttle. (T. G., Waverton,
NSW).
• While we agree that low impedance connections to the high energy
ignition system are very important,
particularly the chassis return pat):i,
the addition of a collector capacitor to
the Darlington transistor should have
no effect. In fact, we are inclined to
the view that it may make the circuit
less effective.
The reason why is that the collector
capacitor can only slow down the rise
time of the voltage in the primary
when the transistor switches off. The
capacitor would certainly affect the
amplitude and frequency of the coil's
primary resonance but if the circuit is
working correctly - ie, with dwell extension - no primary ringing should
occur.
We are also doubtful about the accuracy of your subjective tests. It
would be quite easy to be mistaken
with anything less than a full power
test. Part throttle testing is fraught
with difficulty. In other words, if it is
not done on a dynamometer it is impossible to be objective.
Your comments about capacitor discharge ignition are interesting but we
feel that it is significant that no car
manufacturer has elected to install
CDI as original equipment. Cross-fire
certainly does occur and it can cause
considerable damage to piston crowns.
Electronic solution
to long showers
After years of banging on the bathroom door and/or turning the hot water system off to get my teenage children out of the shower, I realise there
must be an electronic solution.
I envisage an electronic timer, similar to the Iron Timer (SILICON CHIP,
August 1990) which connects between
the power supply and the hot water
system and permits it to be on for no
more than 10 minutes, after which is
resets automatically in two minutes
(which is too long for even the clever-
Questions on the
6-metre amplifier
I am building your design for
the ,5-watt power amp for the 6metre band. However, I only want
1 watt out of it because I already
have a converted AWA 2-way radio power amp which needs 1 watt
input. Also, I have a commercial
brand power amp which is made
for the 6-metre band but has a maximum input of 3 watts.
I think I only need to build your
PA up to the 2nd transistor then
connect it to one of my more powerful PAs. How can I best do this?
Also, instead of your exciter, I
wish to use a Tandy walkie-talkie
which transmits FM just off the
amateur band. All I would have to
do is change the crystal in it to an
amateur 6-metre frequency. What
is the best way to connect the
Tandy radio to your PA? Would
any changes have to be made to
the input components?
On a related subject, 2-metre radios are expensive to buy and so
are the bits. However, I have a 1watt transmitter made from a Dick
Smith Electronics kit but it has
only one channel. It produces a
24MHz signal on one circuit board
and this is · the fed to a second
est child to withstand the cold shower
water before it resets).
Kids only need to be in the shower
for no more than 10 minutes. Also,
this is adequate time for a washing
machine to fill with warm water.
The hot water system that we have
is very common and is probably the
best for this idea. It is a 3-phase instant starter with no reservoir which,
according to the SEC energy book, is
the most efficient. Even so, cutting
my two teenagers' showers from 20 to
10 minutes a day (each) would save
between $30 and $40 a quarter, which
is probably enough to pay for this
project.
The shower timer could be wired
into, or replace , the centre fuse of a 3phase hot water system and could
stay in the meter box on a permanent
basis. (S. P. , Melville , WA).
• We are not in favour of a timer
circuit which would connect into your
board which triples and then doubles the frequency and outputs a
1-watt signal.
Could you work out something
that could produce all 144148MHz frequencies, perhaps using parts from one of the Dick
Smith Electronics 2-metre kits?
This could then be fed into some
type of amplifier such as in the 1watt 2-metre FM transmitter kit. If
you could find a frequenc y
synthesiser that could be used, this
may be a lot cheaper than buying a
full 2-metre transceiver.
Also, I have two other 2-metre
transmitters but they also need
crystals for each channel. One has
a crystal frequency of about 8MHz
and the other is 36MHz. Could a
frequency synthesiser be found to
fit these? (V. S., Copacabana, NSW).
• We think it should be possible
to build the 6-metre power amplifier up the second stage and couple the output signal to the output
via the same tank circuit as the
deleted output stage.
Your other questions are really
beyond the scope of what we can
answer in these pages. You should
be able to get more he! p by con tacting your local amateur radio
club; ie, the Central Coast Amateur Radio Club at Gosford.
3-phase circuitry. It is far too dangerous and could infringe wiring regulations .
However, it may be possible to provide an alternative circuit which operates a -water solenoid, as used in
washing machines and dish-washers .
We'll consider the idea for a future
project.
Questions on
hifi equipment
I was wondering why you have used
so many bipolar capacitors in the Studio 200 Control Unit. I would have
thought they wouldn't hav e been a
good type to use in a hifi preamp. I
know they're frowned upon when
used in speaker crossovers.
I realise that their poly equivalents
would be large, expensive and even
unavailable in some values. I guess
that in other circuits normal electros
AUGUST 1991
93
SEND IN YOUR
APPLICATION
For your share of the
prizes
In the March and April issues of
Silicon Chip we published the
Remote Controller for Garage
Doors. The feedback from this
project has been enormous.
You have to send in your
application of how else this kit
can be used. Plus a couple of photos
if you actually put the application
into practice.
In conjunction with Oatley
Electronic·s this is your
opportunity to share your
application and possibly pick up a
prize as well. Even if you have not
built the Garage Remote you can
still send in an entry.
Entries close on the 30th ofAugust
1991, and will be judged by the
technical staff at Silicon Chip.
What you could win?
1st Prize. 7mW HE-NE Laser
and Inverter. All you need to power
this unit is 12-14VDC. This is a red
Laser and is valued at:
$580.00
2nd Prize. Infra Red Night
Viewer.See in the dark with this
great night viewer. In this kit you will
get a NEW 6032 Image converter tube,
Case and the components kit. This
prize is valued at:
$339.00
3rd Prize. lmW Laser head with
a commercial inverter. All you
a
need is 12V supply. This prize is
valued at:
$309.00
Plus 10 Ultrasonic movement
alarm kits valued at $50.00 ea.
SEND ENTRIES TO:
GARAGE DOOR
COMPETITION
P.O. BOX 139
COLLAROY BEACH NSW 2097
94
SI LICON CHIP
ASK SILICON CHIP - CTD
Class A amplifier
system wanted
Congratulations on your magazine. Being involved in mechanical engineering, your electronics
magazine stimulates me - it's great.
One of the areas that interests
me is stereo amplifiers and loudspeaker systems. Let me try to explain. Amplifiers are often overpowered and this power is never
directed correctly to achieve the
performance acoustically. Too often are kits bought, only to have
add-ons attached to perform required functions. These are shoddy
and are susceptible to hum.
What's needed is for you to design a complete system, to be
heard, looked at and admired for
years to come and to be envied by
all those that deserve it.
The system must be class "A".
Suitable specifications perhaps
would be 50W RMS per channel
L&R front , 50W RMS per channel
would be used; are these not suitable?
Also, what is an M/N pot as used
for the balance control? And why
wasn't a switch-on muting circuit included in the Studio 200 preamp control unit.
I was pleased to see the AM Stereo
Tuner Mk II come to fruition. I was
about to write regards when/if you
would follow the portable one and
you saved me the trouble by publishing it. I will be building it as soon as I
get a spare $199 for the kit.
It's a shame you didn't include narrow/wide and stereo/mono switches
to add a bit of control but nevertheless it's a nice looking unit and I'm
dying to get my hands on a kit. A
specification panel would have been
nice to accompany the article.
What do you mean by ±12kHz <at>
-3dB? I can understand +3dB or -3dB
at 12kHz but not the above. I assume
the tuner has an audio response of
12kHz or it wouldn't sound "nearly
as good as FM" as you state.
Thanks also for the audio expander.
Is there any reason a transformer
L&R rear, 100W RMS subwoofer
with variable volume control and
frequency control (variable from
30-140Hz with digital readout),
and separate volume-balance and
tone controls per front and rear
speakers.
It should also be a complete unit
with preamps, five power amplifiers and a time delay control for the
rear speakers.
Two and a half thousand dollars
for the loudspeakers and amplifiers is acceptable. Don't penny
pinch. A project like this could
run for many months and would
be built by thousands and admired
and.talked about for years to come.
It would be the reference. (R. L.,
Somerville, Vic).
• Your proposed class A system
would be very large, very heavy
and very expensive and we wonder just how many people would
be interested in this level of commitment. What do other readers
think of the idea?
couldn't be enclosed inside the case
instead of an external power pack? (P.
G., Orient Point, NSW).
• Bipolar capacitors are satisfactory
in a hifi circuit as long as they do not
have any appreciable signal voltage
across them.
An MIN pot is a special log/antilog
pot in which each element has half of
its travel shorted out. This is to stop
the gain of one channel increasing as
the other channel is turned off.
A switch-on muting circuit was not
included because the Studio 200 does
not produce switch-on thumps and
nor does it produce any switch-off
thumps. By the way, most commercial stereo control units do not have
switch-on muting included.
The specification ±12kHz <at> -3dB
refers to the IF bandwidth; ie, the
response is down 3dB at +12kHz and
-12kHz from the centre frequency of
450kHz. The final audio response of
the tuner is about 8kHz.
Finally, a power transformer can be
added to the audio expander although
you will need to use a larger case. SC
MARKET CENTRE
Cash in your surplus gear. Advertise it here in Silicon Chip.
hobbyists. Australian made. $440- $640.
Phone M.C.E. Lasers (03) 357 0055.
FOR SALE
WEATHER FAX programs for IBM XT/
ATs *** "RADFAX2" is a high resolution,
shortwave weather fax, Morse & RTTY
receiving program. Needs CGA, SSB
HF radio & Radfax decoder. Also
"RF2HERC", "RF2EGA" & "RF2VGA",
same as RADFAX2 but suitable for
Hercules, EGA •'& VGA cards respectively. $35. *** "SATFAX" is a NOAA,
Meteor & GMS weather satellite picture receiving program. Uses EGA &
VGA modes, needs EGA or VGA colour monitor & card, plus "WEATHER
FAX" PC card. $45. *** All programs
are on 5.25-inch or 3.5-inch discs (state
which) & include documentation. Add
$3 postage. Only from M. Delahunty,
42 Villiers St, New Farm, 4004 Old.
Phone (07) 358 2785.
LAB LASERS. 0.5mW to 2mW HeNe
lasers complete. Ideal for students or
IBM FORMAT 3.5-INCH 720K Review/
Info Disk on the video cassette size
MS-DOS Atari Portfolio Pocket PC.
Thinking of buying one? This will help
you make up your mind. You already
own one! It contains Public Domain
software for the Portfolio, discounted
accessory listings and much more . Just
$5 or send a 43c stamp for more info to
Don McKenzie, 29 Ellesmere Crescent,
Tullamarine 3043 .
KIT REPAIRS. No job too small, fixed
price & free quotes. Warranty on all
repairs. Construction & design service
also available. Phone (02) 649 2134.
IRREVERSIBLE TEMPERATURE sensitive labels for quick economic measuring , proving, documenting & indicating of temperature for components, motors, inaccessible or rotating parts &
r-------------------------7
CLASSIFIED ADVERTISING RATES
Advertising rates for this page: Classified ads - $7.00 for up to 15 words plus 40
cents for each additional word . Display ads (casual rate) - $20 per column
centimetre (Max. 10cm).
Closing date: five weeks prior to month of sale. If you use a PO box number, you
must include your permanent address and phone number for our files. We
cannot accept ads submitted without this information.
To run your classified ad, print it clearly on a separate sheet of paper & send it
with this form & your cheque or credit card details to : Silicon Chip Classifieds,
PO Box 139, Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097. Or fax the details to (02) 979 6503.
Enclosed is my cheque/money order for $_ _ _ _ or please debit my
O Bankcard
□ Visa
Card
O Master Card
Card No.
Signature_ _ _ _ __ _ __ __
Card expiry date_ _ ~/_ __
Name _ __ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __
Street _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ __ __ _ _ __ __
Suburb/town _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Postcode _ _ __ __
XI
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L-------------------------~
vibrating surfaces. 40°C to 260°C in 41
steps. Send $10 for samples to Peter
Crowcroft, GPO Box 904, Hong Kong.
LIQUIDATION SALE. Manufacturer's
stock. EPROMs, ICs, connectors , displays, transistors, transformers , capacitors , audio & computer components.
Saturday August 10th at the Activity
Club, 49 McElhone St, Woolloomooloo .
Mail order available. Write for catalog.
Phone (02) 955 3375.
ULTRASONIC BURGLAR Alarm Kit.
See S.C. May 1988. Crystal locked.
Can be used as a detector or as a selfstanding alarm. Provision for bonnet/
· boot protection , flashing light & backup battery. Easily combined with our
UHF remote control. Save 100s of dollars on equivalent commercial alarms.
Clearance priced at only $29.90 for
the PCB and all parts, except the screw
terminals. A pair of ultrasonic transducers is included! Don 't miss out. P&P for
any one or more kits listed: $5. Oatley
Electronics, PO Box 89, Oatley, 2223.
Phone (02) 579 4985.
SINGLE CHANNEL UHF Remote Control. EA Jan.89 & April 89. Use it to
switch car alarms, central locking , activate door openers, etc. Up to 50-metre
range . Has separate switch & indicator
relays. More than 19,000 code combinations . Features a compact transmitter. Only $49.95 for a complete transmitter kit & the receiver PCB and all
on-board components. Extra transmitters are priced at $17 each. P&P for
any one or more kits listed : $5 . Oatley
Electronics , PO Box 89, Oatley, 2223.
Phone (02) 579 4985.
LOW-COST PIR Movement Detector
Alarm. EA, May 1989. Now supplied
with commercial case . Reliable unit that
features a dual element pyroelectric
sensor. Optional interface kit enables
uses such as self-standing alarms, automatic light control , shop entry detector, etc. Over 10 metres range. Don 't
miss out at the clearance price of
only $29.90 for the PCB & the PIR
detector components kit. Interface comA l'C l 'ST "/99 J
95
r-
"I
MEMORY EXPANSION
Advertising Index
Prices at May 10th 1991
DRAM DIP ZIP SIMM & SIP
SPEED (ns)
TYPE
120
2.20
1.80
100
2.35
2.00
2.50
6.10
80
70
4164
2.20
2.40
41256
2.75
41464
7.30
7.90
411000
1MBx4 (Static)
38.00
20.50 21.00 22.50
256K X 9
1MB x9
62.00 72.00 81.00
295.00
4MB x 9
SimmSockets30 X 1Vertical
1.70
Simm Sockets 30 x 2 Angle
3.50
Simm Sockets 30 x 2 Vertical
3.20
'"PELHAM
CO-PROCESSORS
INTEL CYRIX
8087
8087-1
8087-2
80287-8
80287-10
287XLT
287XL
387DX20
387DX25
387DX33
387SX16
387SX20
120.00
175.00
175.00
272.00
275.00
285.00
285.00
550.00
693.00
848.00
432.00
510.00
Altronics ................................ 29-32
Antique Radio Restorations ....... 96
IIT
Av-Comm ................ ................... 15
Back Issues ................ ........ .. 86,87
David Reid Electronics ... ...... IFC,1
178.00
510.00
640.00
780.00
406.00
440.00
Dick Smith Electronics .......... 10-12
Electronic Solutions .... ............. .. 23
480.00
600.00
670.00
395.00
Electronic Toy Services .... ... ...... 96
Electronics World ........ ....... ........ 91
Elmeasco ........................ ....... OBC
Sales Tax 20%. Overnight Delivery.
Credit Cards Welcome 1st Floor, 100 Yarrara
Road, Pennant Hills, N.S.W. 2120
Tel(02)980-6988
Fax(02)980-6991
~
Geoff Wood Electronics ............. 65
Harbuch Electronics .................. 54
Hycal Instruments .... ...... .... ...... .. 96
Jaycar Electronics ...... .......... 45-52
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS
PCBs for al l SILICON CHIP projects
made to order. Prototype & kit repair service available.
Hours 10-5 Wednesday to Friday,
9-12 Saturday.
FIX-A-KIT
$20.00 PER HOUR LABOUR
• 7 x Relays SPST 2 amps each
• 8 x Switch inputs (TTL)
• 1 x DAG (Digital to Analog converter)
• 1 x ADC ( Analog to Digital converter)
' 4 x Moto r Drive outputs (40mA ea.)
• 1 x Programmable timer output.
MAX includes a 20•page manual with all schematics, parts
layout etc. , a 360K PC-compatible floppy with diagnostic
and sample software in GW·Basic. MAX runs from a PC
compatible printer port for full compatibility with a large
range of computers. Same day dispatch of orders. Credit
cards or personal cheques welcome.
Phone (08) 332 6513 or Fax (08) 364 0902 (24 hours)
PC Computers, 36 Regent St, Kensington, SA.·
ponents kit $9.00. P&P for any one or
more kits listed: $5. Oatley Electronics,
PO Box 89, Oatley, 2223. Phone (02)
579 4985.
IBM COMPATIBLE computer kits &
accessories. Button spike protector
$37 .00. 6-socket power boards with
surge/spike protection $49 .00. Pack/
post $3 .00. Send for a free price list.
M.T.S. Electronics, PO Box 1013 Ta~ee ,
NSW 2430. Phone (065) 53 1296.
BUSINESS CARDS. Small quantities
for home business . 30 colours. Prices
from $30 for 100 cards including p&p.
96
SILICO N CHIP
Kalextronics ............ .... ...... ... ...... 13
3 MONTHS WARRANTY ON REPAIRS
12 MONTHS WARRANTY ON CONSTRUCTION
Newtronics ................. ........ ..... .. . 57
Service to most types of electronic equipment
Oatley Electronics ........... 77,94,96
TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
HYCAL ELECTRONICS
Design, Manufacture & Repair of Electronic
Equipment
Trading Hours 8am .to 3pm. Monday to Friday
ETS, PO BOX 491,
NOARLUNGA CENTRE, SA 5168.
Phone: (08) 382 8919
MAX 1/0 Board
Kit $149.00. Built & Tested $269.00.
J.V. Tuners ................................. 62
(02) 633 5477
PC Computers ...... .... .. ........ ....... 96
PC Marketplace ......................... 73
Pelham ....... ........................ ....... 96
RCS Radio .... ... ... ...................... 85
Resurrection Radio ..... .. ..... ........ 85
Rod Irving Electronics ...... .... 58 ,59
TRANSFORMER REWINDS
ALL TYPES OF TRANSFORMER REWINDS
TRANSFORMER REWINDS
Reply
Paid No.2, PO Box 438, Singleton, NSW
2330. Ph: (065) 76 1291. Fax: (065) 76 1003.
Townsville Goldprint, 92 Tippett St, Gulliver, Old 4812 . Phone (077) 25 2037.
UNUSUAL BOOKS. Fireworks , locksmithing, radar invisibility, surveillance,
unusual chemistry & more. Send SASE
for catalog to Vector Press , Dept S, PO
Box 434, Brighton SA 5048.
ANTIQUE RADIO
ANTIQUE RADIO restorations. Your
one-stop radio repair shop. Specialising
in restoring vintage radios including
chassis rewiring, re-condensing, quality new parts, valves , valve sockets,
speakers, power & audio transformers.
Secondhand radio dials & parts for most
brands & models. About 40G radios in
stock for sale, restoration & parts. Every
restored wireless is covered by a 2year warranty on parts & labour. We
restore damaged woodwork & cabinets
& French polish (approx. 40 coats). Vin-
Silicon Chip Binders ................ IBC
Stewart Electronics .................... 85
Subscriptions ............................. 81
Transformer Rewinds ....... ...... .. . 96
Videosat ........................ .. .,., ......... 9
PC Boards
Printed circuit boards for SILICON
CHIP projects are made by:
• Electronic Toy Services , 2/ 111
Glynville Drive, Hackham West , SA
5163. Phone (08) 382 8919 .
• Jemal Products , 5 Forge St,
Welshpool , WA 6106. Phone (09)
350 5555.
• Marday Services , PO Box 19-189,
Avondale , Auckland , NZ. Phone 88
5730.
• RCS Radio Pty Ltd , 651 Forest
Rd , Bexley, NSW 2207 . Phone (02)
587 3491.
tage car radios available for sale or
restoration . Repairs done on tape decks
& amplifiers . Open Sat. 1 Oam-5pm;
Sun . 12.30-5pm. 109 Cann St , Bass
Hill , NSW 2197. Phone (02) 645 3173
BH or (02) 7261613AH.
SC
SILICON CHIP BINDERS
A VAILABLE
NOW
.
* High quality
* Holds up to 14 issues
* 80mm internal width
* Gold printed with SILICON
logo on spine
and front cover
CHIP
These beautifully made binders will protect your
copies of SILICON CHIP. We ai:e especially pleased
with their look and quality. As soon as the first batch
came in, everybody on our staff wanted them to store
their own personal issues. You will too.
How To
ORDER:
Phone {02) 979 5644
Fax (02) 979 6503
Made with a distiHctive two tone green high-quality
vinyl specia11y selected for SILICON CHIP, and with
heavy board covers, each bindeF holds a year's issues
(the 14 issues of Vol. I or the 12 issues of Vol.2:). They
will look really smaFt on your bookshelf.
To order your binders, fi~~ in th~ <'.oupon on page 81 and send it to SILICON
CHIP, PO Box 139, Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097. A:lternatively phone (1))2)
979 5644 and quote your credit card details, or fax your orders to (<at>2)
979 6503. Price $All.95 plus $A3 each for postage and packing. (NZ postage
and packing $A6.)
|